Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Leveraged / Luminex Corporation

Luminex Corporation

lmnx · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker lmnx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Leveraged
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Luminex Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS

NACHUM “HOMI” SHAMIR

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Since joining Luminex as President and CEO in October 2014, 

I have had the pleasure of meeting with numerous shareholders, 
customers, partners, and employees. These conversations have 
confirmed my belief that we are well positioned for success in the 
marketplace. I believe that our combination of products, people, 
and favorable market dynamics have created the opportune time 
to begin the transformation of the company into a key player in  
the fast growing molecular diagnostics space. 

Continual innovation is the key to our success in this 
endeavor. While the development of our technology has shaped 
much of our culture to date, we are shifting our focus from a 
technology-based company to one that is significantly more 
market driven. This will be critical to our future success, providing 
us the aptitude and capability to adapt and respond quickly to 
the constantly evolving needs of our customers. Ultimately, 
this strategy should stimulate more effective execution in the 
marketplace that fuels an improved growth profile, providing  
long-term value to our shareholders.  

FINANCIAL RESULTS

In 2014, we achieved revenue of $227 million for the year, 

a record for the company, driven largely by solid growth in assay 
and royalty revenue. Assay revenue grew by 18% to $87.7 million, 
with well-balanced growth across all our major assay product 
lines. Royalty revenue increased by 7% and represented total 
reported royalty-bearing end user sales on our technology of $456 
million. Our gross margins were industry leading at 70 percent for 
the year, and we achieved significant operating leverage in 2014. 
Furthermore, we ended the year with over $107 million in cash 
and investments, strengthened by approximately $49 million in 
operating cash flow generated during the year. 

In our molecular diagnostics business, we continued to 

execute on our pharmacogenetics strategy, with growth in 
both of our cleared Cytochrome P450 assays and growth in 
the pharmacogenetic laboratory developed test portfolios of 
our clinical customers. These tests are used by physicians to 
determine how a patient’s genetic makeup can affect drug 
metabolism and response to a wide range of medications.  
We continue to see growth opportunities ahead of us in this 
important and growing field. In addition, we continued to make 
strides in the market adoption of our xTAG® Gastrointestinal 

Pathogen Panel (GPP). During the year, we received FDA clearance 
to add three new clinical targets and an additional sample type 
for use with GPP, which we expect will further accelerate the pace 
of market adoption. With respect to our genetic testing assays, 
we experienced a healthy recovery from the reimbursement 
challenges experienced in 2013. We are very pleased with the 
overall performance of our molecular diagnostics franchise and 
the related achievements of our direct sales force, validating our 
decision to go direct several years ago.  

ARIES®—POSITIONING FOR ACCELERATED GROWTH
  We made tremendous progress with our strategic pipeline 
products in 2014, including the completion of our ARIES® platform 
during the fourth quarter of the year. ARIES is our new sample-to-
answer molecular diagnostic platform scheduled for launch by the 
end of 2015. ARIES will be the first sample-to-answer system that 
has been elegantly designed to deliver superior lab performance. 
The system includes unique, differentiated features to increase lab 
efficiency and fit seamlessly into the diagnostic lab environment; 
including universal protocols that enable true walkaway 
automation, the ability to automate Laboratory Developed Tests 
or LDTs, and a slim design with an integrated touch screen that 
maximizes valuable bench space. In addition, we plan to launch 
ARIES with a compelling IVD menu, followed by rapid menu 
expansion. 

Notably, we have had numerous customers evaluate the 

system throughout development and the positive feedback has 
made us highly confident in the market potential of this innovative 
platform. ARIES provides access to large, adjacent segments such 
as the real-time PCR market, and as a result will dramatically 
increase our addressable market. Consequently, the launch 
of ARIES represents a significant new phase in the company’s 
history—one which will strategically position us to accelerate 
growth in the molecular diagnostics space for years to come.  
As we make final arrangements to begin clinical trials shortly, the 
excitement is building across the entire organization.

2015—YEAR OF TRANSFORMATION
  We expect 2015 to be a transformational year for the 
company as we prepare for the launch of our new product, ARIES. 
We are increasing our emphasis on the fast-growing molecular 

 
 
 
 
 
diagnostics business, which we believe will be the long-term 
growth engine for the company. Our partnership business 
continues to provide profitable, recurring revenue for the company 
and has served as a catalyst for our strong cash flows. Our 
partnership business is the foundation on which our company was 
established, and we remain committed to supporting our strategic 
partners in the pursuit of their goals. 

In 2015, we expect to face some challenges as well, including 
ongoing pressure on consumable revenue resulting from inventory 
management requirements at our largest partner. Their continuing 
investment in our technology and an expanding royalty stream, 
coupled with an open and direct line of communication gives us 
confidence that our relationship with this partner remains strong. 
In addition, we anticipate pressure on our cystic fibrosis business 
due to a competitive technology, although the specific timing 
remains uncertain. Despite these challenges, we are focused and 
committed to executing on our long-term growth strategy, while 
ensuring we take the necessary steps to remain competitive in the 

marketplace. We are making changes across the organization to 
break down silos and drive operational efficiencies, particularly in 
our sales and marketing, manufacturing, and R&D organizations. 
Finally, we plan to use our balance sheet, including pursuing 
potential tuck-in acquisitions, to expand our growth.

In closing, I would like to express my thanks and appreciation 

to our over 700 employees worldwide. Our success is made 
possible as a result of their hard work and dedication. We are 
proud of our accomplishments to date and expect 2015 to be a 
pivotal year for Luminex as we prepare for the commercial launch 
of ARIES later in the year, which will strategically position us for 
accelerated growth in future years. Finally, I want to say thank you 
to our shareholders for your continued support.  

Sincerely,

GROSS PROFIT
GROSS PROFIT
($ IN MILLIONS)
($ IN MILLIONS)

TOTAL REVENUE
TOTAL REVENUE
($ IN MILLIONS)
($ IN MILLIONS)

180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0

250

200

150

100

50

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

REVENUE MIX

2012

2013

2014

9%

15%

10%

15%

10%

13%

76%

75%

77%

Royalty, Consumable, and Assay

System

Other

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_______________

FORM 10-K

/X/ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or

/ /

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from ____ to ____.

Commission File No. 000-30109
_______________

LUMINEX CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
12212 TECHNOLOGY BLVD., AUSTIN, TEXAS
(Address of principal executive offices)

74-2747608
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
78727
(Zip Code)

(512) 219-8020
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
_______________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value

Name  of exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months 
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference 
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act 
(Check one).

Large accelerated filer [X] 

Accelerated filer [ ]

Non-accelerated filer [ ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes [ ]   No [X]

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
Based on the closing sale price of common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value 
of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $659,326,125 as of such date, which assumes, for purposes of this calculation 
only, that all shares of common stock beneficially held by officers and directors are shares owned by “affiliates.”

There were 42,913,973 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding on February 23, 2015.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

LUMINEX CORPORATION

FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

PART III

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures and Certifications

PAGE

1

19

34

34

34

35

36

39

40

54

55

91

91

91

92

92

92

92

92

93

S- 1

Exhibit 10.7

Exhibit 10.26

Exhibit 10.40

Exhibit 10.42

Exhibit 10.43

Exhibit 10.44

Exhibit 10.45

Exhibit 21.1

Exhibit 23.1

Exhibit 31.1

Exhibit 31.2

Exhibit 32.1

Exhibit 32.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Safe Harbor Cautionary Statement

This  annual  report  on  Form 10-K  contains  statements  that  are  forward-looking  statements  under  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations of forecasts of future events. All 
statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this annual report, including statements regarding our 
future  financial  position,  business  strategy,  impact  of  the  reimbursement  landscape,  new  products  including ARIES®  and 
NxTAG™, assay sales, the projected  decline in consumables sales patterns and bulk purchases, budgets, system sales, anticipated 
gross margins, liquidity, cash flows, projected costs and expenses, taxes, litigation costs, including the costs or impact of any 
litigation settlements or orders, regulatory approvals or the impact of any laws or regulations applicable to us, plans and objectives 
of management for future operations, and acquisition integration and the expected benefit of our future acquisitions are forward-
looking  statements.  The  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “continue,”  “should,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,” 
“projects,” “will” and similar expressions as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
are based on our current plans and actual future activities, and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially 
different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including, 
among other things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

risks and uncertainties relating to market demand and acceptance of our products and technology, including ARIES® 
and NxTAG™;

the uncertainty relating to increased focus on direct sales to the end user;

dependence on strategic partners for development, commercialization and distribution of products;

concentration of our revenue in a limited number of direct customers and strategic partners, some of which may be 
experiencing  decreased  demand  for  their  products  utilizing  or  incorporating  our  technology,  budget  or  finance 
constraints in the current economic environment, or periodic variability in their purchasing patterns or practices as a 
result of material resource planning challenges;

the timing of and process for regulatory approvals;

the impact of the ongoing uncertainty in global finance markets and changes in government and government agency 
funding, including its effects on the capital spending policies of our partners and end users and their ability to finance 
purchases of our products;

fluctuations  in  quarterly  results  due  to  a  lengthy  and  unpredictable  sales  cycle,  fluctuations  in  bulk  purchases  of 
consumables, fluctuations in product mix, and the seasonal nature of some of our assay products;

our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property protections on our products and technologies;

risks and uncertainties associated with implementing our acquisition strategy, including our ability to obtain financing, 
our ability to integrate acquired companies or selected assets into our consolidated business operations, and the ability 
to recognize the benefits of our acquisitions; 

reliance on third party distributors for distribution of specific assay products;

our ability to scale manufacturing operations and manage operating expenses, gross margins and inventory levels;

changes in principal members of our management staff;

potential shortages, or increases in costs, of components or other disruptions to our manufacturing operations;

competition and competitive technologies utilized by our competitors;

our ability to successfully launch new products in a timely manner;

our increasing dependency on information technology to enable us to improve the effectiveness of our operations and 
to monitor financial accuracy and efficiency;

• 

the implementation, including any modification, of our strategic operating plans;

 
• 

• 

the uncertainty regarding the outcome or expense of any litigation brought against or initiated by us; and

risks relating to our foreign operations, including fluctuations in exchange rates, tariffs, customs and other barriers to 
importing/exporting materials and products in a cost effective and timely manner; difficulties in accounts receivable 
collections; the burden of monitoring and complying with foreign and international laws and treaties; and the burden 
of complying with and change in international taxation policies.

Many of these risks, uncertainties and other factors are beyond our control and are difficult to predict.  Any or all of our 
forward-looking statements in this annual report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based these forward-looking statements 
largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial 
condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. New factors could also emerge from time to time that could 
adversely affect our business. The forward-looking statements herein can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make 
or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions outlined above 
and described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” below.  In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events 
and circumstances discussed in this annual report may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated 
or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind 
these risk factors and other cautionary statements in this annual report including in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-
looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary 
statements contained in this annual report.

Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Luminex,” the “Company,” “we,” 

“us” and “our” refer to Luminex Corporation and its subsidiaries.

___________________

Luminex®,  xMAP®,  xTAG®,  NxTAG™,  Luminex®  100/200™,  Luminex®  XYP™,  Luminex®  SD™,  FLEXMAP  3D®, 
MicroPlex®, MAGPIX®, MagPlex®, SeroMAP™, xPONENT®, FlexmiR®, NeoPlex4™, LumAvidin®, MultiCode®, EraGen® 
and ARIES® are trademarks of Luminex Corporation.  This report also refers to trademarks, service marks and trade names of 
other organizations.

 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

We develop, manufacture and sell proprietary biological testing technologies and products with applications throughout the 
diagnostics and life sciences industries.  These industries depend on a broad range of tests, called bioassays, to perform diagnostic 
tests and conduct life science research.

Our  xMAP®  (Multi-Analyte  Profiling)  technology,  an  open  architecture,  multiplexing  technology,  allows  simultaneous 
analysis of up to 500 bioassays from a small sample volume, typically a single drop of fluid, by reading biological tests on the 
surface of microscopic polystyrene beads called microspheres. xMAP technology combines this miniaturized liquid array bioassay 
capability with small lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), digital signal processors, photo detectors, charge-coupled device imaging 
and proprietary software to create a system offering advantages in speed, precision, flexibility and cost. Our xMAP technology is 
currently  being  used  within  various  segments  of  the  life  sciences  industry,  which  includes  the  fields  of  drug  discovery  and 
development, and for clinical diagnostics, genetic analysis, bio-defense, food safety and biomedical research.  In addition to our 
xMAP technology, we have our proprietary MultiCode® technology, used for real-time polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and 
multiplexed PCR assays.  During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, Luminex 
evaluated its historical reporting segments: the technology and strategic partnerships (TSP) segment and the assays and related 
products (ARP) segment.  As a result of this evaluation and based upon how our new Chief Executive Officer as Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM) and our management team collectively is managing our business, we determined that the two former 
segments have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate representation of our current business 
when reported separately.  Additionally, we have taken actions to consolidate sales and service functions.  Therefore, effective 
with the fourth quarter of 2014, we no longer have two operating segments and, accordingly, will present our business as one 
operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated to conform to the current 
periods' presentation.  Our products are described below under “Products.”

Our primary focus for growth is the development and sale of molecular diagnostic assays utilizing xMAP®, xTAG® and 
MultiCode technology on our installed base of systems.  We utilize a direct sales model for sales of these products, which is 
intended to take advantage of our increasing installed base of xMAP-based instrumentation.  Our assays are primarily focused on 
multiplexed applications for the human molecular clinical diagnostics market. Our assay products are currently focused on three 
segments of the molecular diagnostic testing market: human genetics, personalized medicine and infectious disease. We have 
established  our  position  in  the  marketplace  through  our  global regulatory  compliant  product  development  and  manufacturing 
processes,

We have established a position in several segments of the life sciences industry by developing and delivering products that 
meet customer needs in specific market segments, including multiplexing, accuracy, precision, sensitivity, specificity, reduction 
of labor and ability to test for proteins and nucleic acids. These needs are addressed by our proprietary technology, which allows 
the end user in a laboratory to perform biological testing in a multiplexed format. Multiplexing allows for many different laboratory 
results to be generated from one sample at one time. This is important because our end user customers and partners, which include 
laboratory professionals performing research and clinical laboratories performing tests on patients as ordered by a physician and 
other laboratories, have a fundamental need to perform high quality testing as efficiently as possible. Until the availability of 
multiplexing technology such as xMAP, the laboratory professional had to perform one test per sample in a sequential manner, 
and if additional testing was required on a sample, a second procedure would be performed to generate the second result, and so 
on until all the necessary tests were performed.  We have a full range of instruments in our xMAP line:  our LX200 system offers 
100-plex testing;  our FLEXMAP 3D® system is our high-throughput, 500-plex testing system; and our MAGPIX® system provides 
50-plex testing at a lower cost using imaging rather than flow cytometry.  By using xMAP technology, the end users have the 
opportunity to become more efficient by generating multiple simultaneous results per sample. We believe that this technology may 
also  offer  advantages  in  other  industries,  such  as  in  food  safety/animal  health,  newborn  screening  and  bio-defense/bio-threat 
markets. Using the products Luminex has available today, up to 500 simultaneous analyte results can be generated from a single 
sample.

1

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our partnership channel.  We license our xMAP technology to our partners, 
who then develop products that incorporate the xMAP technology into products that they sell to end users. We also develop and 
manufacture the proprietary xMAP laboratory instrumentation and the proprietary xMAP microspheres and sell these products to 
our partners. When our partners sell xMAP-based reagent consumable products or xMAP-based testing services, which run on the 
xMAP  instrumentation,  to  end  users,  such  as  testing  laboratories,  we  obtain  a  royalty  on  the  sales  from  the  partner.   As  of 
December 31, 2014, we had 66 strategic partners, 46 of which have developed reagent-based products utilizing our technology. 
Luminex and these partners have sold approximately 11,700 xMAP-based instruments in laboratories worldwide as of December 31, 
2014.

Luminex was incorporated under the laws of the State of Texas in May 1995 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware in 

February 2000.  

Recent Events

CEO Transition

Our Board of Directors named Nachum "Homi" Shamir as President and CEO effective October 15, 2014.  In addition, he 
was also elected to our Board of Directors. Patrick J. Balthrop, Sr. retired as President and CEO following ten years of service as 
our chief executive and also resigned as a director.  Mr. Balthrop continues to serve the Company and its shareholders as a consultant 
to the Board and Mr. Shamir, and will be assisting in the transition through April 14, 2015. 

Segment Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, Luminex evaluated its historical 
reporting segments: the TSP segment and the  ARP segment. As a result of this evaluation and based upon how our new Chief 
Executive Officer as Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) and our management team collectively is managing our business, 
we determined that the two former segments have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate 
representation of our current business when reported separately.  Additionally, we have taken actions to consolidate sales and 
service functions.  Effective with the fourth quarter of 2014, we no longer have two operating segments and, accordingly, will 
present our business as one operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated 
to conform to the current periods' presentation. 

Available Information

Our shares of common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LMNX.”  Our principal 
executive offices are located at 12212 Technology Blvd., Austin, Texas 78727, and our telephone number is (512) 219-8020.   Our 
website address is www.luminexcorp.com. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports 
on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically 
filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.  Information contained or accessible on our 
website is not incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report 
except as expressly incorporated herein.  The public may read and copy these materials at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 
F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.govU.  The SEC’s website contains reports, proxy and 
information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.  Questions regarding the 
public reference room may be directed to the SEC at 1-800-732-0330.

Industry Background

The life sciences industry uses bioassays to detect the presence and characteristics of certain biochemicals, proteins or nucleic 
acids in a sample. Drug discovery, genetic analysis, pharmacogenomics, clinical diagnostics and general biomedical research all 
use bioassays. For example, bioassays can be used to:

•  measure the presence and quantity of substances such as infectious agents, antigens for histocompatibility, hormones, 
cancer markers and other proteins in a patient’s blood, other body fluid or tissue to assist physicians in diagnosing, treating 
or monitoring disease conditions;

• 

detect genetic variations, such as single nucleotide polymorphisms or genetic mutations present in inherited diseases;

•  measure the response to a compound or dosage by measuring cellular activity for drug discovery and development; and

2

• 

assist physicians in prescribing or dosing the appropriate drug therapy based on the patient’s genetic makeup, a field  
known as pharmacogenetics.

The life sciences customer can purchase bioassays in the form of complete off-the-shelf kits, develop them from scratch or 

utilize a customized service to meet their specific needs.

The table below briefly describes the key bioassay technologies in the life sciences industry:

KEY TECHNOLOGIES

DESCRIPTION

MARKETS SERVED

Sequencing

Instruments which “read” the nucleotide
sequence of DNA or ribonucleic acid
(RNA) by a variety of methods
including Next Generation Sequencing
methods

BioChips/Microarrays                                        High-density arrays of DNA fragments

Automated Immunoassays

Gels and blots                                        

or proteins attached to a flat glass or
silicon surface

Automated test tube-based instruments
used for detecting antibodies, proteins
and other analytes

Physical separation of molecules or
analytes for visualization

Biomedical research and clinical
diagnostics

Biomedical research and clinical
diagnostics

Clinical diagnostics

Biomedical research and clinical
diagnostics

PCR methods                                        

Tests which use PCR technology to test
DNA and RNA

Nucleic acid testing in clinical
diagnostics and biomedical research

Microfluidics chips                                        Miniaturized liquid handling system on

Microtiter-plate based assays

a chip
Plastic trays with discrete wells in which
different types of assays are performed,
usually Enzyme-Linked Immuno-
Sorbent Assay (ELISA) tests

Genotyping technologies                                        

DNA primers or probes designed to
identify small differences between DNA
targets

Gene expression technologies

DNA primers or probes designed to
measure the degree of transcriptional
activity of a specific gene, indicating
how active the cells are in making the
protein encoded by that gene

Biomedical research and clinical
diagnostics

Drug discovery, clinical diagnostics
and biomedical research

Drug discovery, clinical diagnostics
and biomedical research

Drug discovery, clinical diagnostics
and biomedical research

Our xMAP Technology

Our xMAP technology combines existing biological testing techniques with illumination, advanced digital signal processing, 
detection  and  proprietary  software.  With  our  technology,  discrete  bioassays  are  performed  on  the  surface  of  color-coded 
microspheres. These microspheres are read in a compact analyzer that utilizes lasers or LEDs, detectors, charge-coupled device 
imaging and high-speed digital signal processing to simultaneously identify the bioassay and measure the individual assay results. 
The key features of xMAP technology include the following:

•  Multi-analyte/multi-format

xMAP technology has been designed to simultaneously perform up to 500 distinct bioassays in a single tube or well of a 
microtiter plate using only a small amount of sample. Moreover, unlike most existing technologies that are dedicated to only 
one type of bioassay, xMAP can perform multiple types of assays including enzymatic, genetic and immunologic tests on the 
same instrumentation platform.

3

 
 
 
 
• 

Flexibility/scalability

xMAP technology allows flexibility in customizing test panels. Panels can be modified to include new bioassays in the same 
tube by adding additional microsphere sets. It is also scalable, meaning that there is no change in the manufacturing process 
and only minimal changes to the required labor to produce a small or large number of microsphere-based tests.

•  Both protein and nucleic acid applications on a single platform

xMAP technology has an advantage due to its ability to analyze both proteins and nucleic acids.  This allows customers to 
utilize a single platform to evaluate samples across more biological parameters and generate a more complete assessment of 
these samples.  Alternative technologies are typically restricted to either proteins or nucleic acid, requiring customers to use 
two or more technologies from other vendors to get the same information.

•  High throughput

Our  technology  can  perform  up  to  500  tests  in  a  single  well  permitting  up  to  96,000  unattended  tests  to  be  detected  in 
approximately one hour with only a small amount of sample.  Rapid sample analysis permits efficient use for high-throughput 
applications.  

•  Ease of use

Most xMAP-based bioassays are simple to perform. A test sample is added to a solution containing microspheres that have 
been coated with reagents. The solution is then processed through our xMAP technology system which incorporates proprietary 
software to automate data acquisition and analysis in real-time.

•  Cost effective

By performing multiple assays at one time, xMAP technology is designed to be cost effective for customers compared to 
competitive techniques such as ELISA or real-time PCR. By analyzing only those assays in which a customer is interested, 
xMAP is also more cost effective than most competing microarray technologies. In addition, microsphere-based bioassays 
are inexpensive compared to other technologies, such as biochips.

Two  types  of  microspheres,  polystyrene  microspheres  and  polystyrene  magnetic  microspheres,  are  both  fundamental 
components of the xMAP technology. We purchase and manufacture microspheres and, in a proprietary process, dye them with 
varying intensities of proprietary dyes to achieve up to 500 distinct colors. The specific dye proportions permit each color-coded 
microsphere to be readily identified based on its distinctive fluorescent signature. Our customers create bioassays by attaching 
different  biochemical  reactants  to  each  distinctly  colored  microsphere  set.  These  unique  reactants  bind,  or  capture,  specific 
substances present in the test sample.  The microsphere sets can then be combined in test panels as required by the user, with a 
maximum of 500 tests per panel.  Customers can order either standard microspheres or magnetic microspheres.

To  perform  a  bioassay  using  xMAP  technology  on  our  flow  cytometry  platforms,  a  researcher  attaches  biochemicals,  or 
reagents, to one or more sets of color-coded microspheres, which are then mixed with a test sample. This mixture is injected into 
the xMAP analyzer such as the Luminex 200 instrument, or LX200, where the microspheres pass single-file in a fluid stream 
through two laser beams. The first laser excites the internal dyes that are used to identify the color of the microsphere and the test 
being performed on the surface of the microsphere. The second laser excites a fluorescent dye captured on the surface of the 
microspheres that is used to quantify the result of the bioassay taking place. Our proprietary optics, digital signal processors and 
software record the fluorescent signature of each microsphere and compare the results to the known identity of that color-coded 
microsphere set. The results are analyzed and displayed in real-time with data stored on the computer database for reference, 
evaluation and analysis.

We have a full range of instruments in our xMAP line.  Our LX200 system offers 100-plex testing.  Our FLEXMAP 3D® 
system is our high-throughput, 500-plex testing system and our MAGPIX® system provides 50-plex testing at a lower cost using 
imaging rather than flow cytometry.

4

Our xTAG and MultiCode Technologies

Our xTAG technology consists of several components including multiplexed PCR or target identification primers, DNA Tags, 
xMAP microspheres and data analysis software.  xTAG technology permits the development of molecular diagnostic assays for 
clinical use by hospital and reference laboratories.  xTAG technology has been applied, in particular, to human genetic assays, 
pharmacogenetic assays and infectious disease assays.

Our MultiCode technology is based upon a unique assay chemistry that is a flexible platform for both real-time PCR and 
multiplex PCR-based applications. We have multiple molecular diagnostic assays based on the MultiCode platform. Our MultiCode 
technology is powered by a base pair (man-made nucleotide pair isoC:isoG in addition to the A:T and G:C nucleotide pairs found 
in nature) that does not exist in nature, but can be combined with natural base pairs, and incorporated into a wide range of molecular 
diagnostic applications. The MultiCode base pair is recognized by naturally occurring enzymes and can be used for the specific 
placement  of  reporter  molecules  and  to  increase  the  molecular  recognition  capabilities  of  hybridization-based  assays.  The 
MultiCode base pair enables solutions to complex molecular challenges that were previously not possible with natural nucleic 
acid alone.

We have multiple assay development activities ongoing and these activities are focused in the areas of infectious disease, 
human genetics, pharmacogenetics and bio-threat.  In 2015, we have plans to submit certain assay products to regulatory authorities, 
including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and foreign equivalents, for clearance in order to comply with established 
guidelines across the jurisdictions in which we participate.

Business Strategy 

Our Company’s current focus is the transition from a technology-based tools company to a market-based diagnostic company 
and the establishment of Luminex as an industry leader and our xMAP and MultiCode technologies as the industry standards for 
performing molecular diagnostic bioassays. To achieve these objectives, we have implemented and are pursuing the following 
strategies:

• 

Focus on key markets

We have identified the following key market segments: (i) molecular infectious disease, (ii) genetic or inherited disease, (iii) 
human leukocyte antigen (HLA) transplant diagnostics, (iv) pharmacogenetic testing, (v) immunodiagnostics, (vi) life sciences 
research, and (vii) bio-defense, or bio-threat testing.  We will continue to employ a combination of both a partnership-driven 
business model and a product-driven business model focused on selected market segments and bioassay applications.

•  Develop and deliver market-leading molecular diagnostic platforms and assays

Our acquisitions and research and development have expanded the breadth of technology and solutions we offer our customers 
to meet their needs.  We acquired the MultiCode RTx real-time PCR technology for both quantitative and qualitative low-
plex real-time assays and GenturaDx and its IDbox sample-to-answer platform, which is compatible with our MultiCode RTx 
technology, to provide our customers with molecular assays that are easy to implement. A key focus currently is the final 
development of our ARIES® system.  The ARIES sample-to-answer instrument, when combined with our proprietary real-
time PCR chemistry and a new menu of highly automated assays that we are developing, is designed to enable us to offer a 
differentiated, easy to use solution.  ARIES is designed to help labs overcome today's challenges: seeking to avoid healthcare 
cost increases while maintaining quality, the scarcity of highly trained personnel and limited lab bench space with its barcode 
data entry, efficient workflow, importance of slim design that occupies minimal bench space, universal protocols that enable 
true walkaway automation, and ability to simplify laboratory developed tests (LDTs).

5

 
 
•  Develop next generation products 

We are focusing resources on improving the simplicity and ease of use of our multiplex products through the development of 
a new version of our multiplex PCR technology.  This new NxTAG™ chemistry is expected to enable customers to experience 
streamlined workflow without sacrificing throughput.  We recognize that the crucial aspect of our current technology that we 
want to preserve for our larger customers is the ability to process anywhere from 1 to 96 patients in a single batch.  This 
throughput  flexibility  and  capacity  is  a  crucial  aspect  for  tests  like  our  xTAG Respiratory  Viral  Panel  (RVP),  in  which 
seasonality and local outbreaks can cause testing volumes to surge unpredictably.  We intend to offer the convenience of a 
one-step workflow with the throughput of a batch-based system.  In addition, products using this new chemistry are expected 
to have the convenience of room temperature shipping and storage.  We intend to release our NxTAG Respiratory Pathogen 
Panel (RPP) product in 2015.  Additionally, we continue pursuing projects such as the development of consumables, automation, 
software  and  the  expansion  and  enhancement  of  our  multiplexing  capabilities  to  advance  our  technologies  and  market 
acceptance. 

We have developed a full range of multiplexing instruments and consumables to cover a broad range of customer applications 
and budgets.  We have developed, and continue to improve, the xTAG multiplex PCR chemistry for our proprietary multiplex 
assays in areas such as human genetic testing, personalized medicine testing and infectious disease testing.   All of these 
technology solutions provide our customers with a breadth of innovative solutions to meet their many testing needs.

In addition, we are collaborating with industry participants, biomedical research institutions and government entities to develop 
additional  products. We  continuously  consider  other  adjacent  markets  where  our  platform  and  assay  offerings  would  be 
beneficial. 

•  Opportunistically pursue acquisitions that could accelerate our business strategies

We utilize analytical tools and an evaluation template to assess potential acquisition targets to accelerate our business strategies 
in the key markets described above. This approach led to several successful acquisitions historically, including the most recent 
acquisition of GenturaDx in 2012, which is the foundation of our new ARIES platform in development. We actively evaluate 
opportunities to enhance our capabilities or our access to targeted markets or technologies, or provide us other advantages in 
executing our business strategies in our key markets.

•  Continue to develop the partnership channel focused in select key markets

As of December 31, 2014, 46 of our 66 strategic partners have developed and commercialized xMAP based assay products 
and are submitting royalties.  We also have strategic partners who distribute Luminex products.  During 2014, the 46 strategic 
partners who have commercialized xMAP based assay products accounted for approximately 66% of our total revenue and 
all of our strategic partners represented approximately 71% of our total revenue. We intend to continue pursuing opportunities 
to expand market acceptance of xMAP technology through development, marketing and distribution partnerships with leading 
companies in the life sciences markets. By leveraging our strategic partners’ market positions and utilizing their distribution 
channels and marketing infrastructure, we believe we can continue to expand our installed instrument base.  Furthermore, our 
partners’ investments in research and development for xMAP applications provide Luminex xMAP customers with more assay 
product options than any one company or Luminex could develop and commercialize individually.

We will continue to focus our commercialization efforts through our strategic partners covering large sectors of the life science 
research market where Luminex believes it has competitive advantages over alternative technologies and approaches. We 
define strategic partners as those companies in the life sciences markets that develop and distribute assays and tests on xMAP 
technology or may only distribute our xMAP technology based systems and consumables.  With our partners’ support and 
through  our  direct  commercial  efforts  in  the  molecular  diagnostics  clinical  laboratory  segment,  we  have  targeted  major 
pharmaceutical companies, large clinical laboratories, research institutions and major medical institutions for our principal 
marketing efforts. We believe these customers provide the greatest opportunity for maximizing the use of xMAP based products 
and continued adoption by these industry leaders will promote wider market acceptance of our xMAP technology.

6

 
 
 
Products

Instruments

Luminex® LX 100/200™ (LX Systems). The LX Systems are compact analyzers that integrate fluidics, optics and digital 
signal processing to perform up to 100 bioassays simultaneously in a single tube or well of a microtiter plate using only a small 
amount of sample. By combining semiconductor lasers with digital signal processors and microcontrollers, these systems perform 
rapid, multi-analyte profiles under the control of a Windows®-based personal computer and our proprietary software.

FLEXMAP 3D®.  The FLEXMAP 3D system is intended for use as a general laboratory instrument in markets, including 
but not limited to, life science research and diagnostics. This device can simultaneously measure up to 500 analytes from a single 
sample and offers increased speed and enhanced ease-of-use and serviceability.   Like our LX Systems, the FLEXMAP 3D system 
combines semiconductor lasers with digital signal processors and microcontrollers and these systems perform rapid, multi-analyte 
profiles under the control of a Windows®-based personal computer and our proprietary software.

MAGPIX®. The MAGPIX system is a versatile multiplexing analyzer capable of performing qualitative and quantitative 
analysis of proteins and nucleic acids in a variety of sample matrices.  This system can perform up to 50 tests in a single reaction 
volume, reducing sample input, reagents and labor while improving productivity.  MAGPIX is based on an innovative detection 
mechanism that uses LEDs and a charge-coupled device (CCD) imaging system, rather than the lasers and detection mechanisms 
used in our flow cytometry-based instruments.

Consumables

MicroPlex® Microspheres. Our xMAP systems use polystyrene microspheres that are approximately 5.6 microns in diameter. 
We dye the microspheres in sets with varying intensities of a red and a near infrared dye to achieve up to 100 distinct color sets.  
Each microsphere can carry the reagents of an enzymatic, genetic or immunologic bioassay.

MagPlex®  Microspheres.  These  microspheres  feature  super-paramagnetic  properties  that  make  them  ideal  for  running 
automated xMAP-based assays.  We dye the microspheres in sets with varying intensities of a red and a near infrared dye to achieve 
up to 500 distinct color sets.  These microspheres can be moved or held in place by a magnetic field. Many automated systems 
utilize magnetic properties to automate the performance of the assay. Automating sample testing using MagPlex microspheres on 
a robotic sample preparation system decreases hands-on technician time, improves precision, and streamlines workflow.

xTAG® Microspheres. These dyed microspheres are linked to a set of 100 proprietary nucleic acid capture sequences providing 
a “universal array” for DNA and RNA work.  They are designed for conducting genotyping and other nucleic acid-based experiments 
in the life sciences markets. When used in conjunction with our Luminex systems, the xTAG microspheres are designed to simplify 
the genotyping assay development process and increase assay flexibility. The xTAG microspheres may be used in customized end 
user identified single nucleotide polymorphisms or in pre-defined kits developed by our strategic partners.

SeroMAP™  Microspheres.  These  100  distinct  sets  of  microspheres  are  designed  for  specific  protein  based  serological 

applications.  Certain Luminex partners use this product for enhanced sensitivity in serum-based assays.

Calibration and Control Microspheres.  Calibration microspheres are microspheres of known fluorescent light intensities 
used  to  calibrate  the  settings  for  the  classification  and  reporter  channel  for  the  Luminex  systems.  Control  microspheres  are 
microspheres that are used to verify the calibration and optical integrity for both the classification and reporter channels for the 
various systems.

Software

xPONENT®.  Our xPONENT software is included in all of our new instruments and enhances both ease-of-use and automation 
capabilities expanding xMAP functionality in our core markets.  The software suite incorporates important features, all designed 
to simplify laboratory workflow and increase productivity, including: enhanced security (21 CFR Part 11 compliance and electronic 
signatures); integration capabilities that allow users to transmit and receive data from Laboratory Information Systems (LIS/LIMS); 
integration with the most popular automated sample preparation systems; the ability to run magnetic bead applications; and touch-
screen capability. xPONENT is sold on new Luminex 100, 200, FLEXMAP 3D, and MAGPIX systems and is available as an 
upgrade to the existing LX systems in the marketplace.

7

 
Assay Product Families

A product family consists of two or more assay products which are focused on similar or related markets.  Each assay consists 
of a combination of chemical and biological reagents and our proprietary bead technology used to perform diagnostic and research 
assays on samples.  As of February 23, 2015 the following product families are commercially available:

 Respiratory Viral Family

This family of products includes RVP, as well as xTAG RVP FAST, a newer version of the original RVP assay.  These in vitro 
diagnostic (IVD) products enable our laboratory end users to identify the causative agent for respiratory infections, a major cause 
of illness and mortality globally, for physicians and their patients.

Gastrointestinal Pathogen Detection Family

The Gastrointestinal Pathogen Panel (GPP) family of products includes IVD assays as well as individual analyte specific 
reagents, which can be developed by Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments labs into laboratory developed tests.  These 
products enable laboratory end users to identify the pathogens causing infectious gastroenteritis, which is a major cause of morbidity 
and mortality globally.

MultiCode Assays and Products Family

This  product  family  includes  our  FDA-cleared  HSV1/2  kit  as  well  as  a  number  of  analyte  specific  reagents  and  other 
products.  These products are generally designed to detect infectious agents in clinical samples using our proprietary MultiCode 
RTx real-time PCR chemistry.

Cystic Fibrosis Family

These FDA-cleared and Conformité Européenne (CE) marked IVD kits include the first-ever FDA-cleared IVD for cystic 
fibrosis  genotyping.  Current  recommendations  by  the American  College  of  Medical  Genetics  and  the American  College  of 
Obstetricians and Gynecologists include screening for 23 mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator 
gene. The xTAG Cystic Fibrosis kits screen for these mutations in addition to a variety of other important cystic fibrosis (CF) 
mutations, commonly found in the ethnically diverse North American and European populations.  These kits are typically used 
for screening newborns and for diagnosing adult carriers of the CF gene.

Personalized Medicine Product Family

This  product  family  includes  three  assays  used  to  determine  the  drug  metabolism  status  of  individuals  for  specific 
medications.  All  three  products  include  genotyping  of  genes  encoding  different  cytochrome  P450  drug  metabolizing 
enzymes.  This type of  information is typically used to determine if a patient will need a lower or higher dose of a specific drug, 
or whether they should be switched to a different medication altogether.  Two of the products in this category are the FDA-cleared 
CYP2D6  and  CYP2C19  assays  used  for  identifying  patients  with  variants  that  affect  the  metabolism  and  efficacy  of  some 
pharmaceutical compounds.

Specialty Product Family and Instrumentation

This family of products includes a variety of assays targeted towards specialty, niche markets.

In addition to the commercially available assays, we are an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) of custom reagents and 

instrumentation for certain of our customers. 

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing strategy is to expand the installed base and utilization of xMAP, xTAG and MultiCode technologies.  
We are focused on generating recurring revenues from the sale of Luminex-developed assays, microspheres and other consumables, 
as well as from royalties on bioassay kits and testing services developed or performed by others that use our technology. We have 
two key elements of our sales and marketing strategy: i) our dedication to marketing the assays developed internally directly to 
end  users  and  ii)  our  allegiance  to  Luminex’s  historic  strategic  partner  program  with  life  sciences  companies  that  develop 
applications or perform testing using our technology platforms and distribute our systems to their customers.

8

 
We continue to use strategic partners as the primary distribution channel for our systems, and we will continue to pursue new 
partnerships focusing on partners with market presence in our key segments described above.  Some of our strategic partners 
develop application-specific bioassay kits for use on our xMAP platform that they, in turn, sell to their customers thereby generating 
royalties for us. Certain strategic partners also perform testing services for third parties using our technology also resulting in 
royalties for us.  Other strategic partners buy our products, including xMAP Luminex systems and consumables, or xTAG test 
kits,  and  then  resell  those  products  to  their  customers. As  of  December 31,  2014,  we  had  66  strategic  partners,  compared  to 
approximately 58 strategic partners as of December 31, 2013.  On a regular basis, we update our strategic partner listing to reflect 
results of partner consolidations due to mergers and acquisitions, commercial sales inactivity, as well as termination or expiration 
of existing non-performing partner agreements, which in 2014 did not account for material revenue.  During 2014, 48 strategic 
partners with commercialized products utilizing xMAP technology submitted royalties. As of December 31, 2014, 46 of these 
strategic partners with commercialized products remain, of which 24 companies principally serve the clinical diagnostics market 
and 22 companies principally serve the life science research market. Revenues through these commercialized, royalty-submitting, 
strategic partners constituted 66% of our revenues for 2014. We also believe our strategic partners provide us with complementary 
capabilities in product development, regulatory expertise and sales and marketing. By leveraging our strategic partners’ bioassay 
testing competencies, customer relationships and distribution channels, we believe that we can continue to achieve measurable 
market penetration and technology adoption.

We also serve as the OEM for certain strategic partners that choose to sell our xMAP technology as an embedded system 

under their own branding and marketing efforts.

Customers

In each of the last three years, one or more customers each accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues.  Laboratory 
Corporation of America (LabCorp) accounted for 21%, 18% and 19% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  
Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. accounted for 17%, 17% and 24% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  No 
other customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 or 2012; however, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. 
accounted for 7%, 9% and 8% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The loss of any of these customers could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

International Operations

We currently sell our products to a number of customers outside the United States, primarily including customers in other 
areas of North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific.  For the annual periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, foreign sales 
to customers totaled $39.0 million, $35.1 million, and $34.7 million, respectively, representing 17%, 16% and 17%, respectively, 
of our total revenues for such periods.  We have foreign subsidiaries in Canada, the Netherlands, Australia, the People’s Republic 
of China and Japan, which increase our international support, service and marketing capabilities.  Our foreign subsidiaries are a 
direct and integral component of the U.S. entity’s operations and their efforts support the sales made by our North American 
entities.  Sales to territories outside of the U.S. are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars.  We believe that our activities in some 
countries outside the U.S. involve greater risk than our domestic business due to the foreign economic conditions, exchange rate 
fluctuations,  local  commercial  and  economic  policies  and  political  uncertainties.  See  Note  19  to  our  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.

Technical Operations

Our Technical Operations Group provides technical support to our customers, our distributors, our strategic partners and their 
customers. Most of our technical operations personnel have experience as biologists, biochemists or electrical engineers and have 
extensive experience in academic, industrial and commercial settings. Cross training is a major focus, as is empowering group 
members to solve problems outside their primary assignment.

Remote Support

Our  technical  support  department  assists  users  primarily  through  a  toll-free  hotline,  internet  interface  and  e-mail 
communications.  We deliver “24/7” remote technical support with our staff based at our Austin and Toronto locations and from 
our European, Chinese and Japanese subsidiaries to better serve our customer base.  Personnel assist our distributors, strategic 
partners and customers with product orders, software, hardware, system implementation and development of their bioassays. A 
comprehensive software and database system is utilized to track customer interactions, follow trends and measure utilization. The 
information is categorized and presented to management for regular review.

9

Training

Through  our  training  group,  we  offer  comprehensive  programs  in  basic  system  training,  advanced  assay  development, 
instrument field service and technical support functions. A significant part of our training material is now web-based and available 
online.  For larger customers who have many users, such as our strategic partners, training may be performed on-site at their 
locations.

Field Support

We currently have field service and field application personnel based across North America, Europe, China and Japan in areas 
of our more significant system concentration. We intend to place additional field service personnel and pursue third-party service 
provider agreements through our certified service professional program, as required, in order to ensure responsive and cost-effective 
support of our customers worldwide.  In addition, several of our distributors and strategic partners provide their own field service 
and field application support. As we continue to expand our installed base, we believe a strong, reliable, efficient field support 
organization is crucial to maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction.

Research and Development  

Our research and development groups work to develop next generation systems, chemistries, assays and software to provide 
new, innovative products to our customers.  Our research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012, was $43.1 million, $45.0 million and $43.0 million, respectively including customer-sponsored research funding of $0.7 
million, $0.8 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.

Our current research and development projects include:

•  New platform development

We have continued the development of the ARIES instrument for sample-to-answer molecular diagnostic automated 
testing. This involves the final design and development of the instrument, consumables and software, as well as the 
development of a menu of assay products based on the ARIES platform.  The ARIES system is expected to launch in 
2015.

• 

Simplified assay products

Our research and development group has been working on the development of a new, easy-to-use chemistry for running 
multiplexed tests in 96-well plates.  This chemistry is expected to combine our xTAG and xMAP technologies into a 
simple to use, closed-tube format.  The first product using this streamlined format, the NxTAG RPP, is expected to launch 
in 2015.

•  Partnership projects

Our research and development group is collaborating with Merck on the development of a companion diagnostic that 
will help screen patients into Merck's investigational candidate drug study for Alzheimer's disease.  Luminex is also 
working with the Defense Threat Reduction Agency of the United States government to develop a hand-held diagnostic 
instrument.  Luminex on occasion collaborates on other partnered research programs.

Manufacturing

We have historically purchased many of the components and raw materials used in our products from numerous suppliers 
worldwide. For reasons of quality assurance, sole source availability or cost effectiveness, certain components and raw materials 
used in the manufacture of our products are available only from one supplier. We have worked closely with our suppliers to develop 
contingency  plans  to  assure  continuity  of  supply  while  maintaining  high  quality  and  reliability,  and  in  some  cases,  we  have 
established long-term supply contracts with our suppliers.  Due to the high standards and FDA requirements applicable to the 
manufacturing of our products, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement sources for certain components 
or  materials.  In  the  event  that  we  are  unable  to  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  raw  materials  or  components  on  commercially 
reasonable terms or in a timely manner, our ability to manufacture our products on a timely and cost-competitive basis may be 
compromised, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

10

We have approximately 60,700 square feet of manufacturing space located at our principal executive offices in Austin, Texas.  
We recently expanded this space to enable ARIES cassette automation. We initially certified our Quality Management System 
(QMS) to the ISO 9001:2000 standard and in 2010 updated our certification to ISO 9001:2008.  ISO is an internationally recognized 
standard for quality management systems.  Subsequent audits by the registrar have been and will continue to be carried out at 
regular intervals to ensure we are maintaining our system in compliance with ISO standards.  Recertification is required every 
three years and we have been successfully recertified since obtaining our original ISO certification.  Also, we have our QMS 
certified to the ISO 13485:2012 Quality Management Standard and the Canadian Medical Devices Conformity Assessment System 
(CMDCAS) for Medical Devices.  These standards include a special set of requirements specifically related to the supply of medical 
devices and related services.  Additionally, we seek to manufacture to current Good Manufacturing Practice requirements and our 
QMS is implemented in accordance with FDA Quality System Regulations.

In addition, we have approximately 6,000 square feet of manufacturing space located in Toronto, Canada and approximately 
10,000 square feet of manufacturing space located in Madison, Wisconsin.  The Toronto and Madison facilities and related QMS 
have been certified to the ISO 13485:2012 standard and registered under the CMDCAS.

Instruments

Contract  manufacturers  assemble  certain  components  of  our  xMAP  technology  systems.  The  remaining  assembly  and 
manufacturing of our systems are performed at our facility in Austin, Texas. The quality control and quality assurance protocols 
are all performed at our facility.  Parts and component assemblies that comprise our xMAP technology system are obtained from 
a  number  of  sources.  We  have  identified  alternate  sources  of  supply  for  several  of  our  strategic  parts  and  component 
assemblies.  Additionally, we have entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers of strategic parts and component 
subassemblies  to  help  ensure  component  availability  and  flexible  purchasing  terms  with  respect  to  the  purchase  of  such 
components.  As of December 31, 2014, a total of 11,687 Luminex multiplexing analyzers had been shipped since inception. 

Microspheres

We manufacture as well as procure undyed, standard and magnetic carboxylated polystyrene microspheres.  We synthesize 
our dyes and manufacture our dyed polystyrene microspheres using a proprietary method in our Austin, Texas manufacturing 
facility in large lots.  We dye the microspheres with varying intensities of red and near infrared dyes to produce our distinctly 
colored  microsphere  sets.  We  currently  purchase  polystyrene  microspheres  from  one  supplier,  in  accordance  with  a  supply 
agreement. We believe this agreement will help ensure microsphere availability and flexible purchasing terms with respect to the 
purchase of such microspheres. While we believe the microspheres will continue to be available from our supplier in quantities 
sufficient to meet our production needs, we believe our in-house manufacturing capabilities along with other potential suppliers 
would provide sufficient microspheres for us if given adequate lead-time to manufacture the microspheres to our specifications.

Assays and Reagents

Contract  manufacturers  produce  certain  components  of  our  xMAP-based  and  MultiCode-based  developed  reagents. The 
remaining assembly and manufacturing of our developed kits are performed at one of our facilities in Austin, Texas; Toronto, 
Canada; or Madison, Wisconsin.  The quality control and quality assurance protocols are all performed at our facilities.  Reagents, 
consumables and other raw material that comprise our kits are obtained from a number of sources. 

Increasing regulatory requirements coupled with rising demand for new clinical applications are driving demand for laboratory 
developed tests.   Our proprietary technologies and platforms offer a unique combination of flexibility and throughput, as our 
systems' open architecture, software and standard protocols allow our customers the ability to use our proprietary reagents to 
validate  and  verify  a  new  test,  while  being  able  to  utilize  the  same  system  to  handle  increasing  volumes  once  the  assay  is 
commercialized. 

Backlog

Our backlog as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 totaled $7.0 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Backlog 
consists of customer orders for which a delivery schedule within the next twelve months has been specified. Orders included in 
backlog may be canceled or rescheduled by customers without significant penalty. Backlog as of any particular date should not 
be relied upon as indicative of our net revenues for any future period.

11

Competition

We design our xMAP technology for use by customers across the various segments of the life sciences industry. Our competition 
includes companies marketing conventional testing products based on established technologies such as ELISA, real-time PCR, 
mass spectrometry, sequencing, gels, biochips and flow-based technologies as well as companies developing their own advanced 
testing technologies.

The pharmaceutical industry is a large market for the genomic, protein and high-throughput screening applications of the 
xMAP technology. In each application area, Luminex faces a different set of competitors. Genomic and protein testing can be 
performed by products available from Affymetrix, Inc., Life Technologies Corporation (a Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. brand), 
Becton, Dickinson and Company, Illumina, Inc., Qiagen N.V., Meso Scale Discovery (a division of Meso Scale Diagnostics LLC), 
and PerkinElmer, Inc., among others.

Our diagnostic market competitors include, among others, Abbott Laboratories, Life Technologies Corporation (a Thermo 
Fisher Scientific, Inc. brand), BioFire Diagnostics, Inc. (a bioMérieux company), Cepheid, GenMark Dx, Johnson & Johnson, 
Roche Diagnostics, Siemens Medical and Hologic, Inc., Alere, Inc., Quidel Corporation and Illumina, Inc.  Some of these companies 
have technologies that can perform a variety of established assays. In addition, certain of these companies offer integrated systems 
and laboratory automation that are designed to meet the need for improved work efficiencies in the clinical laboratory.

Competition within the academic biomedical research market is highly fragmented. There are hundreds of suppliers to this 
market including, among others, Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, a part of GE Healthcare, Life Technologies Corporation and 
Becton, Dickinson and Company.

Intellectual Property

To establish and protect our proprietary technologies and products, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark 
and trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements.  We have filed for registration or obtained registration for trademarks used 
with our products and key technologies. 

We have implemented a strategy designed to optimize our intellectual property rights. For core intellectual property, we are 
pursuing  patent  coverage  in  the  United  States  and  those  foreign  countries  that  correspond  to  the  majority  of  our  current  and 
anticipated customer base. We currently own 315 issued patents worldwide, including over 124 issued patents in the United States. 
Other countries in which we have issued patents directed to various aspects and applications of our products and technology include 
France, Germany, United Kingdom, Australia, Japan, Netherlands, Canada, Hong Kong and China, amongst others. In addition, 
our patent portfolio includes 162 pending patent applications in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions.  We believe our 
patents and pending claims provide, or will provide, protection for systems and technologies that allow real-time multiplexed 
analytical techniques for the detection and quantification of many analytes from a single sample. We also hold patents covering 
the precision-dyeing process used in the manufacture of our fluorescent microspheres and patents covering digital over-sampling 
to measure the area of a fluorescence pulse instead of “peak detection,” giving increased sensitivity with no lost events. In addition, 
multiple granted patents and pending applications describe aspects of Multicode technology, xTAG technology, as well as ARIES, 
our automated real-time PCR system, and NxTAG technology.

The source code for our proprietary software is protected as a trade secret and/or as a copyrighted work. Aspects of this 

software also are covered by an issued patent.   

We also rely on trade secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by entering into 
confidentiality  agreements  with  strategic  partners,  third  parties,  employees  and  consultants.  Our  employees  and  third-party 
consultants also sign agreements requiring that they assign to us their interests in inventions and original works of expression and 
any corresponding patents and copyrights arising from their work for us. See risk factor on property rights we rely upon to protect 
the technology underlying our products on page 22.

12

 
 
Government Regulation

Food and Drug Administration

The  FDA  regulates  medical  devices  pursuant  to  various  statutes,  including  the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic Act  as 
amended and supplemented by the Medical Device Amendments of 1976; the Safe Medical Devices Act of 1990; the Medical 
Device Amendments of 1992; the FDA Export Reform and Enhancement Act of 1996; the FDA Modernization Act of 1997; the 
Public Health, Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002; the Medical Device User Fee and Modernization 
Act of 2002; and the Project BioShield Act of 2004. Medical devices, as defined by statute, include instruments, machines, in vitro 
reagents or other similar or related articles, including any components, parts or accessories of such articles that are intended for 
use in the diagnosis of disease or other condition or in the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease; or are intended to 
affect the structure or function of the body and do not achieve their intended purpose through chemical action or metabolization. 
The FDA classifies medical devices intended for human use into three classes. For Class I devices, general controls (for example, 
labeling and Good Manufacturing Practices) provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class II devices are products 
for  which  general  controls  do  not  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  safety  and  effectiveness  and  for  which  there  is  sufficient 
information  to  establish  special  controls  (for  example,  special  control  documents,  guidelines  and  patient  registries).  Class  III 
devices  are  products  for  which  neither  general  nor  special  controls  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  safety  and 
effectiveness.  Generally, Class III includes devices that support or sustain human life, are for uses that are substantially important 
in preventing impairment of human health, are used as a stand-alone assay for patient screening or diagnosis of disease, or present 
a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury.  

We manufacture versions of the Luminex instruments for use with diagnostic assay kits that are available through our strategic 
partners. For FDA purposes, the Luminex systems are IVD cleared and are considered a component of our partners’ kit products. 
Depending on the particular kit’s regulatory classification into Class I, II, or III and its intended use, kits manufactured by our 
strategic partners that are used in conjunction with our technology are subject to FDA requirements such as Good Manufacturing 
Practices and others, and may be subject to clearance or approval before they can be marketed and sold. After incorporating the 
Luminex  systems  into  their  products,  our  strategic  partners  may  be  required  to  make  various  premarket  submissions  such  as 
premarket approval applications, premarket notifications, and/or investigational device exemption applications to the FDA for 
their  products  and  are  required  to  comply  with  numerous  requirements  and  restrictions  prior  to  clearance  or  approval  of  the 
applications. Our partners are also subject to a number of other requirements in the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and its regulations, 
such as Good Clinical Practice requirements and Device Registration and Listing requirements. There can be no assurance that 
such requirements will always be met without interruption, or that the FDA will file, clear or approve our strategic partners’ 
submissions.  A total of 53 Luminex products have been cleared, licensed or registered in 2014, including 3 products cleared for 
use by the FDA in the United States and 50 products cleared, licensed or registered for use in foreign jurisdictions. 

We also manufacture kit products that are intended for research use only (RUO) applications (not for diagnostic use), as well 
as kits that are IVD cleared for diagnostic use (currently regulatory classification of Class I and II), as well as IUO or clinical 
applications.  Although certain products intended for research use only are not currently subject to clearance or approval by the 
FDA, research use only products fall under the FDA’s jurisdiction if they are used for clinical rather than research purposes. Further, 
even where a product is not otherwise subject to clearance or approval by the FDA, the FDA, in order to limit sales to those who 
use the products for research only, can determine the manner in which we can market and sell our products and/or the types of 
customers to which we can market and sell our products.

In addition to the FDA, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, state authorities and foreign government regulators 
scrutinize genetic analysis tools that are labeled for research use only by clinical laboratories. We cannot predict the nature of 
future regulatory or policy initiatives with respect to the sale and use of products for the development of assays by laboratories, 
or the extent to which any such initiative will impact our business.

The  laboratories  that  purchase  certain  of  our  products  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  under  the  Clinical  Laboratory 
Improvement Amendments of 1988 (CLIA), which require laboratories to meet specified standards in areas such as personnel 
qualifications, administration, participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality control, quality assurance, and 
inspections. Adverse interpretations of current CLIA regulations or future changes in CLIA regulations could have an adverse 
effect on sales of any affected products.

13

       
       
In December 2007, we submitted to the FDA our request for 510(k) clearance on our Luminex LX 100/200 Instrument. On 
December 13, 2007 the FDA received our 510(k) #k073506 submission for the Luminex LX 100/200 IS System.  On March 7, 
2008, the instrument received FDA 510(k) clearance.  All related future diagnostic assay kits subject to FDA clearance may reference 
the 510(k) #k073506 for the instrument in their respective applications.  A master file letter from Luminex allowing the partner 
to reference the file may be required.  Subsequent clearances for FLEXMAP 3D and MAGPIX were received by the FDA on 
January 9, 2013 and March 21, 2013, respectively.

Certain of our instruments use lasers to identify the bioassays and measure their results. Therefore, we are required to ensure 
that these products comply with FDA regulations pertaining to the performance of laser products. The Radiation Control for Health 
and Safety Act, administered by the FDA, imposes performance standards and record keeping, reporting, product testing and 
product labeling requirements for devices that emit radiation.  These regulations are intended to ensure the safety of laser products 
by establishing standards to prevent exposure to excessive levels of laser radiation. There can be no assurance that the FDA will 
agree with our interpretation and implementation of these regulations.

We, and our strategic partners, are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for, among other things, compliance with the 
FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations. These regulations, also known as the Quality System Regulations, govern 
the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, servicing, installation 
and distribution of all finished medical devices intended for human use. Additionally, our strategic partners are subject to other 
pre-market and post-market controls such as labeling, complaint handling, medical device reporting, corrections and removals 
reporting and record keeping requirements. If the FDA has evidence demonstrating that a company is not in compliance with 
applicable regulations, it can detain or seize products, request or, in certain circumstances, require a recall, impose operating 
restrictions, enjoin future violations, recommend criminal prosecution to the Department of Justice and assess civil and criminal 
penalties against us, our officers and our employees. Other regulatory agencies may have similar powers. In addition, various 
federal and state statutes and regulations govern or influence the manufacturing, safety and storage of our products and components 
of our products, as well as our record-keeping.

Foreign Jurisdictions

Medical device laws and regulations are also in effect in many countries outside of the United States. These range from 
comprehensive pre-approval requirements for medical products to simpler requests for product data or certification. The number 
and scope of these requirements are increasing. There can be no assurance that we, and our strategic partners, will be able to obtain 
any approvals that may be required to market xMAP technology products outside the United States.  In addition, we may incur 
significant initial and/or ongoing costs in obtaining or maintaining our foreign regulatory approvals.  Further, the export by us of 
products that have not yet been cleared for domestic commercial distribution is subject to FDA or other export requirements and/
or restrictions.

We have agreements relating to the sale of our products to government entities and, as a result, we are subject to various 
statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government. A failure to comply with these regulations 
could result in suspension of these contracts, or administrative or other penalties, and could have a material adverse effect on our 
ability to compete for future government contracts and programs.

We produce CE marked products, which are subject to a number of different European Union (EU) Directives, including, but 
not limited to, the In Vitro Diagnostic Devices Directive (98/79/EEC). CE marking of our products is currently by self-declaration, 
not issued by a third party, based on the intended uses of our products.  A product that is not CE marked is automatically considered 
to be non-compliant. The law is enforced through market surveillance by appointed national enforcement agencies.  Imported 
products are checked for compliance at customs offices.

The State Food and Drug Administration, P.R. China, is the government regulation authority in charge of safety management 
of drug, food, health food and cosmetics for the People’s Republic of China. In December 2007 we submitted the application for 
a certificate to combine both Luminex 100 and Luminex 200 into one product called "Luminex System".  This certificate is required 
for registration and approval to import our products into China.  Luminex received the registration certificate from the People’s 
Republic of China for the Luminex 100 and Luminex 200 Systems on March 4, 2009 and received recertification on October 17, 
2013.  The MAGPIX System received its registration certificate on June 16, 2014.  Such re-certifications are an ongoing requirement 
with the People’s Republic of China.

Failure by us, or our strategic partners, to comply with applicable federal, state and foreign medical product laws and regulations 
could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, federal, state and foreign regulations regarding the manufacture 
and sale of medical devices and components of such devices are subject to future changes. We cannot predict what impact, if any, 
such changes might have on our business, but any such change could have a material impact.

14

WEEE

The European Community Council Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) outlines 
the  responsibility  for  the  disposal  of  waste  electrical  and  electronic  equipment.  Compliance  with  WEEE  is  placed  with  the 
manufacturers of such equipment.  Those manufacturers are required to establish an infrastructure for collecting WEEE, in such 
a way that users of electrical and electronic equipment from private households should have the ability of returning WEEE at least 
free of charge.  All Luminex-manufactured equipment is in compliance with this directive. We have been in compliance with the 
requirements since August 13, 2005, regarding the labeling and disposal of our products containing electronic devices in each of 
the EU member states where our regulated products are distributed. 

RoHS

RoHS stands for “The Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment” and 
implements EU Directive 2002/95 which bans the placing on the EU market of new electrical and electronic equipment containing 
more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl 
ether flame retardants. 

The Directive directly affects producers who manufacture or assemble electrical or electronic equipment in the EU, importers 
of electrical or electronic equipment from outside the EU and companies that re-brand electric producers as their own. The Directive 
applies to electrical and electronic equipment falling under the categories 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 10 set out in Annex IA of the WEEE 
Directive (2002/96/EC).  Equipment categories 8 and 9 defined in the WEEE Directive are currently outside the scope of the RoHS 
Directive.  Luminex IVD equipment is classified as category 8 (Medical Devices) in Annex IA of the WEEE Directive, which is 
not covered within the scope of the RoHS Directive.  Luminex research equipment is classified as category 9 (Monitoring and 
Control Instruments) in Annex IA of the WEEE Directive, which is not covered within the scope of the RoHS Directive.

European IVD Directive

The EU’s regulation of in vitro medical devices is under the In Vitro Diagnostic Directive (IVDD) 98/79/EC of October 27, 

1998, as implemented in the EU member states.

The principle behind the IVDD is that no in vitro device or accessory may be placed on the market or put into service unless 
it satisfies the essential requirements set forth in the IVDD. Devices considered to meet the essential requirements must bear the 
CE marking of conformity when they are placed on the market. The responsibility for placing the CE marking on the device lies 
with the manufacturer. A manufacturer placing devices on the market in its name is required to notify its national competent 
authorities.

Luminex has declared that the LX100 IS, the LX200 IS, the FLEXMAP 3D and the MAGPIX are classified as self-declaration 
devices and are in conformity with Article 1, Article 9, Annex I (Essential Requirements), and Annex III and the additional provisions 
of  IVDD  98/79/EC.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  EU  member  states  will  agree  with  our  interpretation  and 
implementation of these regulations. As the European marketplace continues to be material to our operations, failure by us or our 
strategic partners to comply with the IVDD could have a material adverse effect on our business.

15

 
Environmental

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the environment. 
In the course of our business, we are involved in the handling, storage and disposal of certain chemicals and biohazards. The laws 
and regulations applicable to our operations include provisions that regulate the discharge of materials into the environment. Some 
of these environmental laws and regulations impose “strict liability,” rendering a party liable without regard to negligence or fault 
on the part of such party. Such environmental laws and regulations may expose us to liability for environmental contamination, 
including remediation costs, natural resource damages and other damages as a result of the conduct of, or conditions caused by, 
us or others, or for acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed. In addition, where 
contamination may be present, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal 
injury, property damage and recovery of response costs. Although it is our policy to use generally accepted operating and disposal 
practices  in  accordance  with  applicable  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  hazardous  substances  or  wastes  may  have  been 
disposed or released on, under or from properties owned, leased or operated by us or on, under or from other locations where such 
substances or wastes have been taken for disposal. These properties may be subject to investigation, remediation and monitoring 
requirements under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. We believe that our operations are in substantial 
compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, failure to comply with these environmental laws and 
regulations may result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties or other liabilities. We do not believe that 
we have been required to expend material amounts in connection with our efforts to comply with environmental requirements or 
that compliance with such requirements will have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, results of operations or 
competitive  position.  Because  the  requirements  imposed  by  such  laws  and  regulations  may  frequently  change  and  new 
environmental laws and regulations may be adopted, we are unable to predict the cost of compliance with such requirements in 
the future, or the effect of such laws on our capital expenditures, results of operations or competitive position. Moreover, the 
modification  or  interpretation  of  existing  environmental  laws  or  regulations,  the  more  vigorous  enforcement  of  existing 
environmental laws or regulations, or the adoption of new environmental laws or regulations may also negatively impact our 
strategic partners, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on us and other similarly situated component companies.

Sunshine Act

In 2010, Congress enacted a statute called the Transparency Reports and Reporting of Physician Ownership or Investment 
Interests (commonly known as the Sunshine Act), as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the Health Reform Law).  The Sunshine Act aims to promote 
transparency and requires manufacturers of most drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies covered by Medicare, Medicaid 
or the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) to report annually to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) 
any payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, with limited exceptions.  Manufacturers must 
also disclose to CMS any physician ownership or investment interests.  In 2014, the annual reporting requirement applicable to 
manufacturers covered by the Sunshine Act, including Luminex entities operating or selling in the US, took effect, and CMS 
released datasets for payments made in 2013 to the public through the CMS website. Annual reports addressing transfers of value 
and relationships for the preceding calendar year will be published on the CMS website each year. We have provided internal 
training regarding the Sunshine Act requirements to relevant personnel and have implemented procedures to track and report any 
transfers of value covered by the Sunshine Act.  Failure to comply with the reporting requirement may result in substantial monetary 
penalties.

Other

Based on the Health Reform Law, the IRS implemented a Medical Device Excise Tax of 2.3% of the sale price on non-exempt 

medical devices. This tax on manufacturers has not had, nor do we expect it to have, a material impact on our operations.

Employees

As of February 23, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, we had a total of 741 and 745 employees and contract employees, 
as compared with 731 as of December 31, 2013.  The year over year increase is primarily the result of the addition of sales and 
marketing employees focused on direct sales to our end customers, as well as personnel added related to development, production, 
regulatory clearance and quality control for our new sample to answer instrument (ARIES) and our bead products and assays.  None 
of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have not experienced any work stoppage. We 
believe that relations with our employees are good.

16

Seasonality

Worldwide sales, including U.S. sales, do not reflect any significant degree of seasonality; however, sales of our Respiratory 

Viral products have demonstrated seasonal fluctuations consistent with the onset and decline of influenza-like illnesses.

Segment Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, Luminex evaluated its historical 
reporting segments: the TSP segment and the  ARP segment. As a result of this evaluation and based upon how our new Chief 
Executive  Officer  as  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  and  our  management  team  collectively  is  managing  our  business,  we 
determined that the two former segments have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate 
representation of our current business when reported separately.  Additionally, we have taken actions to consolidate sales and 
service functions.  Effective with the fourth quarter of 2014, we no longer have two operating segments and, accordingly, will 
present our business as one operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated 
to conform to the current periods' presentation. 

Financial information relating to our reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 can be found 
in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Information and Results of Operations” and Item 8 “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data”. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant as of February 23, 2015 

Name

Age

Position

Nachum Shamir
Harriss T. Currie
Jeremy Bridge-Cook, Ph.D
Russell W. Bradley

David S. Reiter
Nancy M. Fairchild

61
53
46
51
48
61

President and Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Senior Vice President, Research and Development
Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Chief Marketing and Sales Officer
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Nachum Shamir. Mr. Shamir joined the Company on October 14, 2014 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was 
elected to our Board.  From 2006 to 2014, Mr. Shamir was the President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Given Imaging 
Ltd. (Given), a developer, manufacturer and marketer of diagnostic products for the visualization and detection of disorders of the 
gastrointestinal tract.  Prior to joining Given, Mr. Shamir served as Corporate Vice President of Eastman Kodak Company, a 
technology company focused on imaging solutions and services for businesses from 2004 to 2006, and as the President of Eastman 
Kodak's Transaction and Industrial Solutions Group from 2005 to 2006, which includes several business units, including Kodak 
Versamark, Inc. (whose operations were previously those of Scitex Digital Printing Inc.) of which Mr. Shamir had served as 
President and Chief Executive Officer.  From June 2003 to January 2004, Mr. Shamir served as the President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Scitex Corporation, a multinational public company which specialized in producing products, systems and equipment 
for the graphic design, printing and publishing markets through its various operating units.  From January 2001 to January 2004, 
Mr. Shamir served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Scitex Digital Printing, a subsidiary of Scitex Corporation Ltd., 
having previously served as its Chief Operating Officer since July 2000.  Prior thereto, Mr. Shamir was Managing Director and 
General Manager of Scitex Digital Printing (Asia Pacific) Pte Ltd., a Singapore-based company, from its incorporation in 1994.  
From 1993 until 1994 Mr. Shamir was with the Hong Kong based Scitex Asia Pacific (H.K.) Ltd. Before joining Scitex, Mr. Shamir 
held senior management positions at various international companies mainly in the Asia Pacific regions.  Mr. Shamir currently 
serves on the board of directors of Invendo Medical GmbH, a manufacturer and distributor of a single use and computer-assisted 
colonoscopy system.  Mr. Shamir holds a Bachelor of Science from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and a Masters of Public 
Administration from Harvard University.

Harriss T. Currie. Mr. Currie served as Vice President, Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer since October of 2002 
and was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance (as well as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer) in March 2013. Since joining 
Luminex in November of 1998, Mr. Currie previously served in the capacities of Controller and Treasurer. Prior to joining us, he 
was employed as the chief financial officer, secretary and treasurer of SpectraCell Laboratories, a specialized clinical testing 
laboratory company, from 1993 to 1998 where he also served as vice president of finance for two subsidiary companies. Mr. Currie 
earned his B.B.A. from Southwestern University and his M.B.A. in Finance and Marketing from The University of Texas at Austin. 
Prior to returning to graduate school for his M.B.A., Mr. Currie was a certified public accountant with Deloitte & Touche LLP.

17

 
Jeremy Bridge-Cook, Ph.D.  Dr. Bridge-Cook has served as Senior Vice President, Research and Development since June 
2009.  Dr. Bridge-Cook joined Luminex in March 2007 as Vice President of Luminex Molecular Diagnostics.  Previously, Dr. 
Bridge-Cook  served  as  senior  vice  president,  corporate  development  of Tm  Bioscience  Corporation,  which  was  acquired  by 
Luminex in 2007.  Dr. Bridge-Cook joined Tm Bioscience Corporation in July 2000 as director of business development and 
served in various capacities thereafter, including vice president of business development, vice president of marketing and business 
development, and finally senior vice president, corporate development.  Prior to joining Tm Biosciences Corporation, Dr. Bridge-
Cook worked for three years as an investment analyst at MDS Capital Corp. and University Medical Discoveries Inc. Dr. Bridge-
Cook has a Ph.D. in Immunology from the University of Toronto and a B.Sc. in Biology from McMaster University.

Russell W. Bradley.  Mr. Bradley joined Luminex in May 2005 as Vice President of Business Development and Strategic 
Planning and was appointed as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Global Marketing in August 2013 and then 
promoted to Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Chief Marketing and Sales Officer in October 2014.  Previously, 
Mr. Bradley spent 17 years at Beckman Coulter, Inc., a manufacturer of biomedical testing systems and products, where he served 
in various roles of increasing responsibility including commercial leadership of Beckman Coulter's flow cytometry business and 
most recently as the director of the Beckman Coulter CARES initiative, leading the company’s clinical HIV monitoring business 
in developing regions around the globe.  During his tenure at Beckman Coulter, Mr. Bradley was involved in the evaluation, market 
assessment and commercial launch of multiple life science technologies and applications.  Mr. Bradley holds a B.Sc. in Immunology 
and Biochemistry from Monash University, Melbourne, Australia.

David S. Reiter.  Mr. Reiter joined Luminex as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in October 2003 and 
was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in March 2013.  Prior to becoming General Counsel, 
Mr. Reiter was in private practice with the firm of Phillips & Reiter, PLLC from 2002 to 2004, which provides outsourced general 
counsel services for early to mid-stage companies.  Mr. Reiter is a graduate of the University of Southern California (Juris Doctorate/
Master  of  International  Relations),  University  of  Sheffield,  UK  (M.B.A.)  and  the  University  of  Notre  Dame  (B.A.  in 
Government).  Mr. Reiter is a member of the Texas Bar and the American Bar Association.  On December 19, 2014, Mr. Reiter 
informed the Company of his intention to resign as the Company's Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 
to pursue other interests.  We anticipate Mr. Reiter's resignation will be effective April 1, 2015.

Nancy M. Fairchild.  Ms. Fairchild joined Luminex Corporation as Senior Director, Human Resources in March 2010.  She 
was promoted to a Vice President, Human Resources in August 2012 and then promoted to Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
in January 2015.  Prior to Luminex, Ms. Fairchild served as Chief Administrative Officer and Vice President of Human Resources 
and Organizational Development for the Electric Reliability Council of Texas which provides the energy grid services for Texas, 
from 2006 to 2010. In this role she managed Strategic Planning, Project Management, Facilities and Human Resources.  Earlier 
in her career, she served as Vice President Human Resources for Esoterix, Inc., an international healthcare company specializing 
in laboratory services, from 2001 to 2006, the Sr. Vice President of Human Resources for Southern Union Company, a large natural 
gas conglomerate, from 1989 to 2001, and President of EnergyWorX, a training subsidiary, from 1996 to 2000. Ms. Fairchild is 
currently a member of the Board of Directors and Chair of the Audit Committee for Workforce Solutions, a local workforce 
development board in Texas, representing the biotech sector. She graduated with highest honors from Texas State University with 
a B.S. degree in Math Education and a Master’s degree in Counseling. 

18

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If we do not introduce new products in a timely manner, we may lose market share and be unable to achieve revenue growth 
targets.

We sell many of our products in industries characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product and service 
introductions, and evolving customer needs and industry standards. Many of the businesses competing with us in these industries 
have significant financial and other resources to invest in new technologies, substantial intellectual property portfolios, substantial 
experience in new product development, regulatory expertise, manufacturing capabilities, and established distribution channels 
to deliver products to customers. Our products could become technologically obsolete over time, or we may invest in technologies 
that do not lead to revenue growth or continue to sell products for which the demand from our customers is declining, in which 
case we may lose market share or not achieve our revenue growth targets. The success of our new product offerings will depend 
upon several factors, including our ability to:

•  accurately anticipate customer needs; 

•  innovate and develop new technologies and applications;

•  obtain required regulatory clearances;

•  successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner; 

•  price our products competitively, and manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and on time; and

•  differentiate our offerings from our competitors' offerings.

Many of our products are used by our customers to develop, test and manufacture their products. We must anticipate industry 
trends and consistently develop new products to meet our customers' expectations. In developing new products, we may be required 
to make significant investments before we can determine the commercial viability of the new product. If we fail to accurately 
foresee our customers' needs and future activities, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that do not lead 
to significant revenue. We may also suffer a loss in market share and potential revenue if we are unable to commercialize our 
technology in a timely and efficient manner.

If our current technology and products and our products under development do not become widely used in the life sciences 
and clinical diagnostics industries, we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability.

Life sciences companies have historically conducted biological tests using a variety of technologies, including bead-based 
analysis.  The commercial success of our technology depends upon its widespread adoption as a method to perform bioassays. In 
order to be successful, we must convince potential partners and customers to utilize our system instead of competing technologies. 
Market acceptance depends on many factors, including our ability to:

• 

timely and successfully launch our products under development;

•  manage trends relating to, or the introduction or existence of, competing products or technologies that may be more effective, 

cheaper or easier to use than our products and technologies;

•  manage our competition, including the presence of competing products sold by companies with longer operating histories, 

more recognizable names and more established distribution networks;

• 

convince prospective strategic partners and customers that our technology is an attractive alternative to other technologies 
for pharmaceutical, research, clinical, biomedical and genetic testing and analysis;

• 

encourage these partners to develop and market products using our technology;

•  manufacture products in sufficient quantities with acceptable quality and at an acceptable cost;

• 

• 

obtain and maintain sufficient pricing and royalties from partners on such Luminex products; and

place and service sufficient quantities of our products, including the ability to provide the level of service required in the 
mainstream clinical diagnostics market segment.

19

Because of these and other factors, our products may not gain or sustain sufficient market acceptance to maintain or increase 
profitability.  Additionally, we may have to write off excess or obsolete inventory if sales of our products are not consistent with 
our expectations or if the demand for our products changes.

The life sciences industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change, and we may not have the right 
technologies and resources necessary to compete successfully. 

We compete with companies in the United States and abroad that are engaged in the development and production of similar 
products. We will continue to face intense competition from existing competitors and other companies seeking to develop new 
technologies. Many of our competitors have access to greater financial, technical, scientific, research, marketing, sales, distribution, 
service and other resources than we do and may have longer operating histories or more recognizable names. These companies 
may develop technologies that are superior alternatives to our technologies or may be more effective at commercializing their 
technologies in products.

The life sciences industry is characterized by rapid and continuous technological innovation. We may need to develop new 
technologies for our products to remain competitive. One or more of our current or future competitors could render our present 
or future products or those of our partners obsolete or uneconomical by technological advances, including the introduction or 
existence of, competing products or technologies that may be more effective, cheaper or easier to use than our products and 
technologies. In addition, the introduction or announcement of new products by us or others could result in a delay of or decrease 
in sales of existing products as we await regulatory approvals, while customers evaluate these new products, or if customers choose 
to purchase the new products instead of legacy products. We may also encounter other problems in the process of delivering new 
products to the marketplace such as problems related to design, development, supply chain or manufacturing of such products, 
and as a result we may be unsuccessful in selling such products. Our future success depends on our ability to compete effectively 
against current technologies, as well as to respond effectively to technological advances by developing and marketing products 
that are competitive in the continually changing technological landscape.

Several companies provide systems and reagents for DNA amplification or detection. Life Technologies Corporation (a brand 
of Thermo Fisher Scientific) and F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd. (Roche) sell systems integrating DNA amplification and detection 
(sequence detection systems) to the commercial market. Roche, Abbott Laboratories, Becton, Dickinson and Company, Qiagen 
N.V., Hologic, Inc., Meridian Bioscience, Inc., bioMérieux S.A., Illumina, Inc. and Quidel Corporation sell sequence detection 
systems, some with separate robotic batch DNA purification systems and sell reagents to the clinical market. Other companies 
offer molecular tests. Additionally, we anticipate that in the future, additional competitors will emerge that offer a broad range of 
competing products. 

Currently, a limited number of direct customers and strategic partners account for a significant portion of our revenue and 
the loss of any one of these or their inability to perform to expectations could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.  Our success depends significantly on the establishment and maintenance of 
successful relationships with our direct customers and strategic partners. 

LabCorp, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., and Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., accounted for 45% of total revenue (21%, 17% and 
7%,  respectively)  in  the  twelve  months  ended  December 31,  2014.    For  comparative  purposes,  these  same  three  companies 
accounted for 44% of total revenue (18%, 17% and 9%, respectively) in the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 51% 
of total revenue (19%, 24% and 8%, respectively) in the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.   No other customer accounted 
for more than 7% of total revenue during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.  In total, for the year ended December 31, 
2014, our top four customers accounted for 51% of our total revenue.  In total, for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top 
four customers accounted for 50% of our total revenue. The loss of any of our significant direct customers or strategic partners 
could have a material adverse effect on our growth and future results of operations.  

20

Delays in implementation, delays in obtaining regulatory approval, changes in strategy or the financial difficulty of our strategic 
partners for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 Our ability to enter into agreements with additional strategic partners depends in part on convincing them that our technology 
can help achieve and accelerate their goals or efforts. We will expend substantial funds and management efforts with no assurance 
that any additional strategic relationships will result. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to negotiate additional strategic 
agreements in the future on acceptable terms, if at all, or that current or future strategic partners will not pursue or develop alternative 
technologies either on their own or in collaboration with others. Some of the companies we are targeting as strategic partners offer 
products competitive with our xMAP technology, which may hinder or prevent strategic relationships.  Delays in implementation 
of new products by our strategic partners or their ability to obtain regulatory approval for their products could negatively affect 
our business.  Termination of strategic relationships, the failure to enter into a sufficient number of additional strategic relationships 
on favorable terms, or disputes with our partners could reduce sales of our products, lower margins on our products and limit the 
creation of market demand for and acceptance of our products.

In most of our strategic partnerships we have granted non-exclusive rights with respect to commercialization of our products 
and technology.  The lack of exclusivity could deter existing strategic partners from commercializing xMAP technology and 
may deter new strategic partners from entering into agreements with us.

A significant portion of our future revenues will come from sales of our systems and the development and sale of bioassay 
kits utilizing our technology by our strategic partners and from use of our technology by our strategic partners in performing 
services offered to third parties. We believe that our strategic partners will have economic incentives to develop and market these 
products,  but  we  cannot  accurately  predict  future  sales  and  royalty  revenues  because  many  of  our  existing  strategic  partner 
agreements do not include minimum purchase requirements or minimum royalty commitments.  Some of our existing strategic 
partner agreements contain minimum purchase requirements for certain years, but unless renegotiated, those minimum purchase 
requirements could expire.  In addition, we have no control with respect to our strategic partners’ sales personnel and how they 
prioritize products based on xMAP technology nor can we control the timing of the development or release of products by our 
strategic partners. The amount of these revenues depends on a variety of factors that are outside our control, including the amount 
and  timing  of  resources  that  current  and  future  strategic  partners  devote  to  develop  and  market  products  incorporating  our 
technology. Furthermore, the development and marketing of certain bioassay kits will require our strategic partners to obtain 
governmental approvals, which could delay or prevent their commercialization efforts. If our current or future strategic partners 
do not successfully develop and market products based on our technology and obtain necessary government approvals, our revenues 
from product sales and royalties will be significantly reduced.

The property rights we rely upon to protect the technology underlying our products may not be adequate to maintain market 
exclusivity. Inadequate intellectual property protection could enable third parties to exploit our technology or use very similar 
technology and could reduce our ability to distinguish our products in the market.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain, protect and enforce patents on our technology and products and to 
protect our trade secrets, including the intellectual property of entities we may acquire. Any patents we own may not afford full 
protection for our technology and products. Others may challenge our patents and, as a result, our patents could be narrowed or 
invalidated. In addition, our current and future patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents in the United States 
or foreign countries. Competitors may develop products that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, there is a substantial 
backlog of patent applications at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and certain patent offices in foreign jurisdictions, and the 
approval or rejection of patent applications may take several years.

We currently own 315 issued patents worldwide, including 124 issued patents in the United States. Other countries in which 
we have issued patents directed to various aspects and applications of our products and technology include France, Germany, 
United Kingdom, Australia, Japan, Netherlands, Canada, Hong Kong and China, amongst others. In addition, our patent portfolio 
includes 162 pending patent applications in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions.  We also have patents covering key 
aspects of MultiCode and xTAG technology utilized in our assay products as well as ARIES, our soon to be launched automated 
real-time PCR system, and NxTAG.

21

We require our employees, consultants, strategic partners and other third parties to execute confidentiality agreements. Our 
employees and third-party consultants also sign agreements requiring that they assign to us their interests in inventions and original 
expressions and any corresponding patents and copyrights arising from their work for us. In addition, we have implemented a 
patent process to file patent applications on our key technology. However, we cannot guarantee that these agreements or this patent 
process will provide us with adequate protection against improper use of our intellectual property or disclosure of confidential 
information. In addition, in some situations, these agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with 
whom our employees, consultants or advisers have prior employment or consulting relationships. Further, others may independently 
develop  substantially  equivalent  proprietary  technology,  techniques  and  products  or  counterfeit  versions  of  our  products  or 
otherwise gain access to our trade secrets. Our failure to protect our proprietary information and techniques may inhibit or limit 
our ability to exclude certain competitors from the market.

In  order  to  protect  or  enforce  our  patent  rights,  we  may  have  to  initiate  legal  proceedings  against  third  parties,  such  as 
infringement suits or interference proceedings. These legal proceedings could be expensive, take significant time and/or divert 
management’s attention from other business concerns. These proceedings may cause us to lose the benefit of some of our intellectual 
property  rights,  the  loss  of  which  may  inhibit  or  preclude  our  ability  to  exclude  certain  competitors  from  the  market. These 
proceedings also may provoke these third parties to assert claims against us. The patent position of companies like ours generally 
is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has recently been the subject of much litigation. No consistent 
policy has emerged from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the courts regarding the breadth of claims allowed or the degree 
of protection afforded under patents like ours.

Our success depends partly on our ability to operate without infringing on or misappropriating the proprietary rights of others.

We have been (and from time to time we may be) notified that third parties consider their patents or other intellectual property 
relevant to our products. We may be sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of others, including claims with respect to 
intellectual property of entities we may acquire.  In addition, we may find it necessary, if threatened, to initiate a lawsuit seeking 
a declaration from a court that we do not infringe on the proprietary rights of others or that their rights are invalid or unenforceable. 
Intellectual property litigation is costly, and, even if we prevail, the cost of such litigation could affect our profitability. Furthermore, 
litigation is time-consuming and could divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. If we do not prevail 
in any litigation, we may have to pay damages and could be required to stop the infringing activity or obtain a license. Any required 
license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. Moreover, some licenses may be nonexclusive, and therefore, our 
competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license or are unable to design 
around a patent, we may be unable to sell some of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

We require collaboration with other organizations in obtaining relevant biomarkers, access to oligonucleotides and enzymes 
that are patented or controlled by others. If we cannot continue to obtain access to these areas or identify freedom to operate 
opportunities, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected.

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information, expose us to liability and harm our reputation 
and business.

In the ordinary course of our business we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, personal information, 
our  proprietary  business  information  and  that  of  our  customers,  suppliers  and  business  partners,  and  personally  identifiable 
information of our customers and employees in our data centers and on our networks. The secure maintenance and transmission 
of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools 
and domestically available monitoring to provide security for processing, transmitting and storing this sensitive data.

Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our computer systems or our third party IT service providers' systems and, if 
successful, misappropriate personal or confidential business information. In addition, an associate, contractor, or other third-party 
with  whom  we  do  business  may  attempt  to  circumvent  our  security  measures  in  order  to  obtain  such  information,  and  may 
purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. While we will continue to implement additional protective 
measures to reduce the risk of and detect cyber incidents, cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and the 
techniques used in such attacks change rapidly.  Despite our cybersecurity measures (including employee and third-party training, 
monitoring of networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems) which are continuously reviewed and 
upgraded, the Company’s information technology networks and infrastructure may still be vulnerable to damage, disruptions or 
shutdowns  due  to  attack  by  hackers  or  breaches,  employee  error  or  malfeasance,  power  outages,  computer  viruses, 
telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, natural disasters or other catastrophic events.  Any such compromise of 
our, or our third party IT service providers' data security and access, public disclosure, or loss of personal or confidential business 
information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and 
22

regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and customers’ willingness to transact business with us, and 
subject us to additional costs and liabilities any of which could adversely affect our business. 

Our success depends on our ability to service and support our products directly or in collaboration with our strategic partners.

To the extent that we or our strategic partners fail to maintain a high quality level of service and support for xMAP technology 
products,  there  is  a  risk  that  the  perceived  quality  of  our  xMAP  technology  products  will  be  diminished  in  the  marketplace. 
Likewise, we may fail to provide the level, quantity or quality of service expected by the marketplace. This could result in slower 
adoption rates and lower than anticipated utilization of xMAP products which could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

We expect our operating results to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

The sale of our instrumentation and assay products typically involves a significant technical evaluation and commitment of 
capital by us, our partners and the end user. Accordingly, the sales cycle associated with our products typically is lengthy and 
subject to a number of significant risks, much of which is beyond our control, including partners’ budgetary constraints, inventory 
management practices, regulatory approval and internal acceptance reviews. As a result of this lengthy and unpredictable sales 
cycle, our operating results have historically fluctuated significantly from quarter to quarter. We expect this trend to continue for 
the foreseeable future.

The vast majority of our system sales are made to our strategic partners. Our partners typically purchase instruments in three 
phases  during  their  commercialization  cycle:  first,  instruments  necessary  to  support  internal  assay  development;  second, 
instruments for sales force demonstrations; and finally, instruments for resale to their customers. As a result, most of our system 
placements are highly dependent on the continued commercial success of our strategic partners and can fluctuate from quarter to 
quarter as our strategic partners move from phase to phase. We expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future.

Our assay products are sometimes sold to large customers. The ordering and consumption patterns of these customers can 
fluctuate, affecting the timing of shipments and revenue recognition. In addition, certain products assist in the diagnosis of illnesses 
that are seasonal, and customer orders can fluctuate for this reason.

Because of the effect of bulk purchases, defined as the purchase of $100,000 or more of consumables in a quarter, and the 
introduction of seasonal components to our assay menus, we experience fluctuations in the percentage of our quarterly revenues 
derived from our highest margin items: consumables, royalties and assays. Our gross margin percentage is highly dependent upon 
the mix of revenue components each quarter. These fluctuations contribute to the variability and lack of predictability of both 
gross margin percentage and total gross profit from quarter to quarter. We expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future.

Due to the early stage of the market for molecular tests, projected growth scenarios for our assays are highly volatile and are 
based on a number of underlying assumptions that may or may not prove to be valid, including our ability to be successful with 
our direct assay sales strategy.

We may be unsuccessful in implementing our acquisition strategy. We may face difficulties integrating acquired entities with 
our existing businesses. Our business may be harmed by prior or future acquisitions.

Acquisitions of assets or entities designed to accelerate the implementation of our strategic plan are an important element 
of our long-term strategy. We may be unable to identify and complete appropriate future acquisitions in a timely manner, or at 
all, and no assurance can be provided that the market price of potential business acquisitions will be acceptable. In addition, 
many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we have and may be willing to pay more for these businesses or 
selected assets. In the future, should we identify suitable acquisition targets, we may be unable to complete acquisitions or 
obtain the financing, if necessary, for these acquisitions on terms favorable to us. Potential acquisitions pose a number of risks, 
including, among others, that:

•  we may not be able to accurately estimate the financial effect of acquisitions on our business; 

• 

• 

future acquisitions may require us to incur debt or other obligations, issue additional securities, incur large and immediate 
write-offs, issue capital stock potentially dilutive to our stockholders or spend significant cash, or may negatively affect 
our operating results and financial condition;

if we spend significant funds or incur additional debt or other obligations, our ability to obtain financing for working capital 
or other purposes could decline, and we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns and competitive pressures;
23

• 

technological advancement or worse than expected performance of acquired businesses may result in the impairment of 
intangible assets;

•  we  may  be  unable  to  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  and  synergies  from  acquisitions  as  a  result  of  inherent  risks  and 
uncertainties, including difficulties integrating acquired businesses or retaining their key personnel, partners, customers or 
other key relationships, entering market segments in which we have no or limited experience, and risks that acquired entities 
may not operate profitably or that acquisitions may not result in improved operating performance;

•  we may fail to successfully obtain appropriate regulatory approval or clearance for products under development of our 

acquired businesses;

•  we may fail to successfully manage relationships with customers, distributors and suppliers;

•  our customers may not accept products of our acquired businesses;

•  we may fail to effectively coordinate sales and marketing efforts of our acquired businesses;

•  we may fail to combine product offerings and product lines of our acquired businesses quickly and effectively;

•  we may fail to effectively enhance acquired technology and products to develop new products relating to the acquired 

businesses;

•  an acquisition may involve unexpected costs or liabilities, including as a result of pending and future shareholder lawsuits 
relating to acquisitions or exercise by shareholders of their statutory appraisal rights, or the effects of purchase accounting 
may be different from our expectations;

•  an acquisition may involve significant contingent payments that may adversely affect our future liquidity or capital resources;

•  acquisitions and subsequent integration of these companies may disrupt our business and distract our management from 

other responsibilities; and

• 

the costs of unsuccessful acquisition efforts may adversely affect our financial performance.

Other risks of integration of acquired businesses include:

•  disparate information technology, internal control, financial reporting and record-keeping systems;

•  differences in accounting policies, including those requiring judgment or complex estimation processes;

•  new partners or customers who may operate on terms and programs different than ours;

•  additional employees not familiar with our operations;

•  unanticipated additional transaction and integration-related costs;

•  our current and prospective customers and suppliers may experience uncertainty associated with an acquisition, including 
with respect to current or future business relationships with us and may attempt to negotiate changes in existing business;

• 

facilities or operations of acquired businesses in remote locations or potentially foreign jurisdictions and the inherent risks 
of operating in unfamiliar legal and regulatory environments; and

•  new products, including the risk that any underlying intellectual property associated with such products may not have been 

adequately protected or that such products may infringe on the proprietary rights of others.

24

If our direct selling efforts for our products are less successful than anticipated, our business expansion plans could suffer 
and our ability to generate revenues could be diminished.  In addition, our limited history in selling our molecular diagnostics 
products on a direct basis makes forecasting difficult.

We have a relatively small sales force compared to some of our competitors. If our direct sales force is not successful, or new 
additions to our sales team fail to gain traction among our customers, we may not be able to increase market awareness and sales 
of our products, or maintain historical sales levels. If we fail to establish our systems in the marketplace, it could have a negative 
effect on our ability to sell subsequent systems and hinder the planned expansion of our business. 

We transitioned to selling our molecular diagnostics products on a direct basis in 2013, so we only have a two year direct 
sales history.  As a result, we have limited historical experience forecasting the direct sales of our molecular diagnostics products. 
Our ability to produce product quantities that meet customer demand is dependent upon our ability to forecast accurately, plan 
production accordingly and scale our manufacturing efforts.

Unfavorable economic conditions and the uncertain economic outlook may adversely impact our business, results of operations, 
financial condition or liquidity.

Global economic conditions could adversely affect our results of operations.  The credit markets and the financial services 
industry continue to experience volatility, both domestically and internationally.  These conditions not only limit our access to 
capital but also make it extremely difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business 
activities, and they could cause U.S. and foreign businesses and consumers to slow spending on our products and services, which 
would delay and lengthen sales cycles. Some of our customers rely on government research grants to fund technology purchases.  If 
negative trends in the economy affect the government’s allocation of funds to research, there may be less grant funding available 
for certain of our customers to purchase technologies like those Luminex sells.  Certain of our partners and their and our customers 
may face challenges gaining timely access to sufficient credit or may otherwise be faced with budget constraints, which could 
result in decreased purchases of, or development of products based on, our products or in an impairment of their ability to make 
timely payments to us.  If our partners and our customers do not make timely payments to us, we may be required to assume 
greater credit risk relating to those customers, increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our days sales outstanding would 
be negatively impacted.   Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability 
of our customers to make required payments and such losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions 
established, we may not continue to experience the same loss rates that we have in the past given the current condition of the 
worldwide economy.  Additionally, these economic conditions and market turbulence may also impact our suppliers causing them 
to  be  unable  to  supply  in  a  timely  manner  sufficient  quantities  of  customized  components,  thereby  impairing  our  ability  to 
manufacture on schedule and at commercially reasonable costs.

If the governmental laws and regulations change in ways that we do not anticipate and if we fail to comply with laws and 
regulations that affect our business, we could be subject to enforcement actions, injunctions and civil and criminal penalties 
or otherwise be subject to increased costs that could delay or prevent marketing of our products.

The production, testing, labeling, marketing and distribution of our products for some purposes and products based on our 
technology are subject to governmental regulation by the FDA and by similar agencies in other countries. Some of our products 
and products based on our technology for in vitro diagnostic purposes are subject to clearance by the FDA prior to marketing for 
commercial use. To date, eight strategic partners have obtained such clearances. Others are anticipated. The process of obtaining 
necessary FDA clearances can be time-consuming, expensive and uncertain. Further, clearance may place substantial restrictions 
on the indications for which the product may be marketed or to whom it may be marketed. In addition, because some of our 
products employ laser technology, we are also required to comply with FDA requirements relating to radiation performance safety 
standards.

Periodically the FDA issues guidance documents that represent the FDA’s current thinking on a topic. These issues are initially 
issued in draft form prior to final rule generally with enforcement discretion for some grace period of time. Changes made through 
this process may impact the release status of products offered and our ability to market those products affected by the change.  For 
example, the FDA released on September 14, 2007 the final document “Guidance for Industry and FDA Staff Commercially 
Distributed Analyte Specific Reagents (ASRs): Frequently Asked Questions.” This guidance may limit or delay distribution of 
assays on our platform, including assays that we developed internally and distributed, to the extent additional regulatory clearance 
is required prior to distribution.

25

 
Cleared medical device products are subject to continuing FDA requirements relating to, among others, manufacturing quality 
control and quality assurance, maintenance of records and documentation, registration and listing, import/export, adverse event 
and other reporting, distribution, labeling and promotion and advertising of medical devices. Our inability or the inability of our 
strategic partners to obtain required regulatory approval or clearance on a timely or acceptable basis could harm our business. In 
addition,  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  could  subject  us  or  our  strategic  partners  to  regulatory 
enforcement action, including warning letters, product seizures, recalls, withdrawal of clearances, restrictions on or injunctions 
against marketing our products or products based on our technology, and civil and criminal penalties.

Medical device laws and regulations are in effect within the United States and also in many countries outside the United 
States. These range from comprehensive device clearance requirements for some or all of our medical device products to requests 
for product data or certifications regarding the hazardous material content of our products. As a device manufacturer, beginning 
in March 2014 we are required to annually report to CMS any payments or transfers of value we have made to physicians and 
teaching hospitals and any physician ownership or investment interest in the company.  As part of the European Council Directive 
2002/96 of February 13, 2003, we are expected to comply with certain requirements regarding the collection, recycling and labeling 
of our products containing electronic devices in each of the European Union, or EU, member states where our regulated products 
are distributed. While we are taking steps to comply with the requirements of WEEE, we cannot be certain that we will comply 
with the national stage implementation of WEEE in all member states. Our products are currently exempt from the European 
Council Directive 2002/95 of January 27, 2003, Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic 
Equipment (RoHS), which required the removal of certain specified hazardous substances from certain products beginning July 1, 
2006 in each of the member states. However, the EU has indicated that it may, and it is generally expected it will, include medical 
devices, including some of our products, under the jurisdiction of RoHS. If this exemption is revoked, it could result in increased 
costs to us and we cannot guarantee we will ultimately be able to comply with RoHS or related requirements in other jurisdictions. 
In addition, the State of California adopted the Electronic Waste Recycling Act, effective January 1, 2007, which requires the 
California Department of Toxic Substances Control to adopt regulations to prohibit the sale of electronic devices in California if 
they are also prohibited from sale in the EU under the RoHS directive because they contain certain heavy metals. The number and 
scope of these requirements are increasing and we will likely become subject to further similar laws in other jurisdictions. Failure 
to comply with applicable federal, state and foreign medical device laws and regulations may harm our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. We are also subject to a variety of other laws and regulations relating to, among other things, environmental 
protection and workplace health and safety.

Our strategic partners and customers expect our organization to operate on an established quality management system compliant 
with FDA Quality System Regulations and industry standards, the In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/EC of 27 October 1998 
(Directive)  as  implemented  nationally  in  the  EU  member  states  and  industry  standards,  such  as  ISO  9000. We  became  ISO 
9001:2000 certified in March 2002 and self-declared our Luminex 100, Luminex 200, FLEXMAP 3D and MAGPIX instruments 
to the Directive.  Our devices are in conformity with Article 1, Article 9, Annex I (Essential Requirements), and Annex III and the 
additional provisions of the Directive as of December 7, 2003. Subsequent audits are carried out annually to ensure we maintain 
our system in substantial compliance with ISO and other applicable regulations and industry standards. We became ISO 13485:2003 
and CMDCAS certified in July 2005. Failure to maintain compliance with FDA, CMDCAS and EU regulations and other medical 
device laws, or to obtain applicable registrations where required, could reduce our competitive advantage in the markets in which 
we compete and also decrease satisfaction and confidence levels with our partners.

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain our management and staff.

We depend on the principal members of our management and scientific staff, including our chief executive officer, Homi 
Shamir, and our operations, marketing, research and development, technical support, technical service and sales staff. The loss of 
services of key members of management could delay or reduce our product development, marketing and sales and technical support 
efforts. In addition, recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and other personnel to perform research and development, technical 
support, technical service and marketing and sales work will be critical to our success. There is a shortage in our industry of 
qualified management and scientific personnel, and competition for these individuals is intense. There can be no assurance that 
we will be able to attract additional and retain existing personnel necessary to achieve our business objectives.  

Our reliance on strategic partnerships makes forecasting difficult.

As a result of our reliance on our strategic relationships, it can be difficult to accurately forecast future operating results.     

Estimating the timing and amount of sales of our products is particularly difficult for the following reasons (among others):

•  We do not control the timing or extent of product development, marketing or sale of our products by our strategic partners.

•  We do not control the incentives provided by our strategic partners and distributors to their sales personnel.

26

•  We utilize a limited number of geographically focused distributors for a portion of our sales, including several of our key 
assay products and the loss of or nonperformance by these distributors could harm our revenues in the territories serviced 
by these distributors.

•  A significant number of our strategic partners intend to produce clinical diagnostic applications that may need to be approved 

by the FDA or other regulatory bodies in jurisdictions outside of the United States.

•  Certain strategic partners may have unique requirements for their applications and systems. Assisting the various strategic 
partners may strain our research and development and manufacturing resources. To the extent that we are not able to timely 
assist our strategic partners, the commercialization of their products will likely be delayed.

•  Certain strategic partners may fail to deliver products that satisfy market requirements, or such products may fail to perform 

properly.

•  We  have  limited  access  to  partner  and  distributor  confidential  corporate  information. A  sudden  unexpected  change  in 
ownership or strategy or other material event due to information of which we are not currently aware could adversely impact 
partner purchases of our products.

• 

Partners tend to order in bulk prior to the production of new lots of their products and prior to major product development 
initiatives.  The frequency of these bulk purchases is difficult to predict and may cause large fluctuations in microsphere 
sales quarter to quarter.

If third-party payors increasingly restrict payments for healthcare expenses or fail to adequately pay for multi-analyte testing, 
we may experience reduced sales which would hurt our business and our business prospects.

Third-party payors, such as government entities and government-sponsored healthcare programs (e.g. Medicare, Medicaid, 
Tricare),  health  maintenance  organizations,  preferred  provider  organizations  and  other  private  or  commercial  insurers  are 
continually seeking to reduce healthcare expenses.  Increasingly, third-party payors are challenging the utilization of and prices 
charged for medical services, including clinical diagnostic tests. Some payors are attempting to contain costs by limiting coverage, 
reducing reimbursement and increasing patient cost-sharing obligations.  The federal government has implemented and continues 
to utilize cost-cutting strategies for government-sponsored healthcare programs, including coverage limitations and reimbursement 
rate reductions required by the Health Reform Law.  In some cases, commercial payors are influenced by government-sponsored 
healthcare programs and policies.  Therefore, coverage and reimbursement from commercial payors may be negatively impacted 
as a result of changes in government-sponsored healthcare programs.  Further, cost containment initiatives by governmental or 
educational entities or programs may reduce funding for genetic research and development activities and retard the growth of the 
genetic testing market. 

Without adequate coverage or reimbursement, consumer demand for tests could decrease. Decreased demand could cause 
our direct customers or strategic partners to reduce purchases or to cancel programs or development activities, which could cause 
sales of our products and services to fall. In addition, decreased demand could place pressure on us, or our direct customers and 
strategic partners, to lower prices on these products or services, resulting in lower margins. Reduced sales or margins by us, or 
our direct customers and strategic partners, would adversely affect our business, profitability and business prospects.

As we continue to expand our business, we may experience problems in scaling our manufacturing operations, or delays or 
component shortages that could limit the growth of our revenue.

As we continue to expand our manufacturing capabilities in order to meet our growth objectives, we may not be able to 
produce sufficient quantities of products or maintain consistency between differing lots of consumables. If we encounter difficulties 
in  scaling  our  manufacturing  operations  as  a  result  of,  among  other  things,  quality  control  and  quality  assurance  issues  and 
availability of components and raw material supplies, we will likely experience reduced sales of our products, increased repair or 
re-engineering costs due to product returns, and defects and increased expenses due to switching to alternate suppliers, any of 
which would reduce our revenues and gross margins.

27

We presently outsource certain aspects of the assembly of our systems to contract manufacturers. Because of a long lead-time 
to delivery, we are required to place orders for a variety of items well in advance of scheduled production runs. We have increased 
our flexibility to purchase strategic components within shorter lead times by entering into supply agreements with the suppliers 
of these components. Although we attempt to match our parts inventory and production capabilities to estimates of marketplace 
demand, to the extent system orders materially vary from our estimates, we may experience continued constraints in our systems 
production and delivery capacity, which could adversely impact revenue in a given fiscal period. Should our need for raw materials 
and components used in production continue to fluctuate, we could incur additional costs associated with either expediting or 
postponing delivery of those materials. In an effort to control costs we have implemented a lean production system. Managing the 
change from discrete to continuous flow production requires time and management commitment. Lean initiatives and limitations 
in our supply chain capabilities may result in part shortages that delay shipments and cause fluctuations in revenue in a given 
period.

We currently purchase certain key components of our product line from a limited number of outside sources and, in the case 
of some components, a single source, and these components may only be available through a limited number of providers. We do 
not have agreements with all of our suppliers. While we currently believe that we will be able to satisfy our forecasted demand 
for our products, the failure to find alternative suppliers in the event of any type of supply failure at any of our current vendors at 
reasonably  comparable  prices  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  Additionally, we have entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers of strategic reagents and component 
subassemblies  to  help  ensure  component  availability,  and  flexible  purchasing  terms  with  respect  to  the  purchase  of  such 
components.  If our suppliers discontinue production of a key component, we will be required to revalidate and may be required 
to resubmit a previously cleared product.  Our reliance on our suppliers and contract manufacturers exposes us to risks including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  possibility  that  one  or  more  of  our  suppliers  or  our  assemblers  that  do  not  have  supply  agreements with  us  could 
terminate their services at any time without penalty;

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, and floods that impact our suppliers;

the potential obsolescence and/or inability of our suppliers to obtain required components;

the potential delays and expenses of seeking alternate sources of supply or manufacturing services;

the inability to qualify alternate sources without impacting performance claims of our products;

reduced  control  over  pricing,  quality  and  timely  delivery  due  to  the  difficulties  in  switching  to  alternate  suppliers  or 
assemblers; and

• 

increases in prices of raw materials and key components.

Consequently, in the event that supplies of components or work performed by any of our assemblers are delayed or interrupted 

for any reason, our ability to produce and supply our products could be impaired.

If the quality of our products does not meet our customers’ expectations, then our reputation could suffer and ultimately our 
sales and operating earnings could be negatively impacted.

In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues associated with our products and services, 
including defects in our engineering, design, and manufacturing processes, as well as defects in third-party components included 
in our products. Because our instruments and consumables are highly complex, the occurrence of defects may increase as we 
continue to introduce new products and services and as we rapidly scale up manufacturing to meet increased demand for our 
products and services. Although we have established internal procedures to minimize risks that may arise from product quality 
issues, there can be no assurance that we will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. 
In addition, identifying the root cause of quality issues, particularly those affecting reagents and third-party components, may be 
difficult, which increases the time needed to address quality issues as they arise and increases the risk that similar problems could 
recur. Finding solutions to quality issues can be expensive and we may incur significant costs or lost revenue in connection with, 
for example, shipment holds, product recalls, and warranty or other service obligations. In addition, quality issues can impair our 
relationships with new or existing customers and adversely affect our brand image, and our reputation as a producer of high quality 
products could suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

28

 
Our operations in foreign countries expose us to certain risks inherent in doing business internationally, which may adversely 
affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We expect that revenue from U.S. sales will continue to represent the majority of our total revenue, but our future profitability 
will depend in part on our ability to grow and ultimately maintain our product sales in foreign markets, particularly in Asia and 
Europe.  In fiscal 2014, approximately 17% of our revenue was derived from sales to non-U.S. customers, with approximately 
8% of revenue from sales to customers in Europe.  As such, a significant slowdown in these foreign economies or lower investments 
in new infrastructure could have a negative impact on our sales. We also purchase a portion of the materials included in our products 
from overseas sources.  As a result of acquisitions and organic growth, we have operations and manufacturing facilities in foreign 
countries that expose us to certain risks. For example, fluctuations in exchange rates may affect our revenues, expenses and results 
of operations as well as the value of our assets and liabilities as reflected in our financial statements. We are also subject to other 
types of risks, including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changes in or interpretations of foreign law that may adversely affect our ability to sell our products, perform services or 
repatriate profits to the United States;

tariffs, customs and other barriers to importing/exporting materials and products in a cost effective and timely manner;

hyperinflation or economic or political instability in foreign countries;

imposition of limitations on  or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign 
subsidiaries;

conducting business in places where business practices and customs are unfamiliar and unknown;

difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;

the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory requirements; 

difficulties in accounts receivable collections; 

the imposition of restrictive trade policies, including export restrictions;

•  worldwide political conditions;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the imposition of inconsistent laws or regulations;

reduced protection of intellectual property rights and trade secrets in some foreign countries;

the imposition or increase of investment requirements and other restrictions by foreign governments;

the interpretation of contractual provisions governed by foreign laws in the event of a contract dispute;

uncertainties relating to foreign laws, including labor laws, and legal proceedings;

the burden of complying with foreign and international laws and treaties;

significant currency fluctuations; 

the burden of complying with and changes in international taxation policies;

having to comply with a variety of U.S. laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

having to comply with U.S. export control regulations and policies that restrict our ability to communicate with non-U.S. 
employees and supply foreign affiliates, partners and customers.

29

 
Our international sales and purchases are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations, including, without 
limitation, tariffs, trade barriers, regulations relating to import-export control, technology transfer restrictions, the International 
Traffic in Arms Regulation promulgated under the Arms Export Control Act, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the anti-boycott 
provisions of the U.S. Export Administration Act. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be liable for 
administrative, civil or criminal liabilities, and in the extreme case, we could be suspended or debarred from government contracts 
or have our export privileges suspended, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

International sales and purchases are also subject to a variety of other risks, including risks arising from currency fluctuations, 
collection issues and taxes. Our international sales are subject to variability as our selling prices become less competitive in 
countries with currencies that are declining in value against the U.S. Dollar and more competitive in countries with currencies 
that are increasing in value against the U.S. Dollar. In addition, our international purchases can become more expensive if the 
U.S. Dollar weakens against the foreign currencies in which we are billed.

We have not entered into any foreign currency derivative financial instruments; however, we may choose to do so in the future 

in an effort to manage or hedge our foreign exchange rate risk.

The capital spending policies of our customers have a significant effect on the demand for our products.

Our  customers  include  clinical  diagnostic,  pharmaceutical,  biotechnological,  chemical  and  industrial  companies,  and  the 
capital spending policies of these companies can have a significant effect on the demand for our products. These policies are based 
on a wide variety of factors, including general or local economic conditions, governmental regulation or price controls, the resources 
available for purchasing research equipment, the spending priorities among various types of analytical equipment and the policies 
regarding capital expenditures during recessionary periods. Any decrease in capital spending by life sciences companies could 
cause our revenues to decline. As a result, we are subject to significant volatility in revenue. Therefore, our operating results can 
be materially affected (negatively and positively) by the spending policies and priorities of our customers.

If we become subject to claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of hazardous materials, we could incur 
significant cost and time to comply. 

Our research and development processes involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials, including 
biological hazardous materials. We are subject to foreign, federal, state and local regulations governing the use, manufacture, 
storage, handling and disposal of materials and waste products. We may incur significant costs complying with both existing and 
future environmental laws and regulations. In particular, we are subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration (OSHA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and to regulation under the Toxic Substances Control 
Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act in the United States OSHA or the EPA may adopt regulations that may 
affect our research and development programs. We are unable to predict whether any agency will adopt any regulations that would 
have a material adverse effect on our operations. 

The risk of accidental contamination or injury from hazardous materials cannot be eliminated completely. In the event of an 
accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage 
of our workers’ compensation insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, if at all. 

If a catastrophe strikes our manufacturing or warehousing facilities, we may be unable to  manufacture or distribute our 
products for a substantial amount of time and we may experience inventory shortfalls, which would cause us to experience 
lost revenues. 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in Austin, Madison and Toronto. Although we have business interruption insurance, 
our facilities and some pieces of manufacturing equipment are difficult to replace and could require substantial replacement lead-
time. Various types of disasters, including tornadoes, fires, floods and acts of terrorism, may affect our manufacturing facilities. 
In the event our existing manufacturing facilities or equipment are affected by man-made or natural disasters, we may be unable 
to manufacture products for sale or meet customer demands or sales projections. If our manufacturing operations were curtailed 
or ceased, it would seriously harm our business. 

30

The "conflict minerals" rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, has caused us to incur additional expenses, 
could limit the supply and increase the cost of certain metals used in manufacturing our products, and could make us less 
competitive in our target markets. 

On August 22, 2012, the SEC adopted a rule requiring disclosure by public companies of the origin, source and chain of 
custody  of  specified  minerals,  known  as  conflict  minerals,  that  are  necessary  to  the  functionality  or  production  of  products 
manufactured or contracted to be manufactured. The rule requires companies to obtain sourcing data from suppliers, engage in 
supply chain due diligence, and file annually with the SEC a specialized disclosure report on Form SD covering the prior calendar 
year, commencing with calendar year 2013. The rule could limit our ability to source at competitive prices and to secure sufficient 
quantities of certain minerals used in the manufacture of our products, specifically tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten, as the number 
of suppliers that provide conflict-free minerals may be limited. We may incur material costs associated with complying with the 
disclosure requirements, such as costs related to the determination of the origin, source and chain of custody of the minerals used 
in our products, the adoption of conflict minerals-related governance policies, processes and controls, and possible changes to 
products or sources of supply as a result of such activities. Within our supply chain, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the 
origins of the relevant minerals used in our products through the data collection and due diligence procedures that we implement, 
which may harm our reputation. Furthermore, we may encounter challenges in satisfying those customers that require that all of 
the components of our products be certified as conflict free, and if we cannot satisfy these customers, they may choose a competitor’s 
products. We continue to investigate the presence of conflict materials within our supply chain. 

If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, production, marketing and sale 
of biotechnological, human (including genetic) diagnostic and therapeutic products. Although we believe that we are reasonably 
insured  against  these  risks  and  we  generally  have  limited  indemnity  protections  in  our  supplier  agreements,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that we will be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against all 
potential liabilities. A product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or claim that is outside or exceeds our indemnity 
protections in our supplier agreements or a recall of one of our products would have to be paid out of our cash reserves.

Our success depends on building and sustaining our technology infrastructure.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology to enable us to improve the effectiveness of our operations and to 
maintain financial accuracy and efficiency. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build, implement 
and sustain the proper technology infrastructure, we could be subject to transaction errors, the inability to properly support and 
service our customers, processing inefficiencies, loss of customers, business disruptions or loss of or damage to intellectual property 
through security breach or cyber-attack, each of which could materially adversely affect our business.

Our government contracts and administrative processes and systems related to such contracts are subject to audits and cost 
adjustments by the federal government, which could reduce our revenue, disrupt our business or otherwise adversely affect 
our results of operations. 

We must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations relating to the award, administration, and performance of U.S. 
Government contracts. A violation of specific laws and regulations could result in the imposition of fines and penalties or the 
termination of our contracts, as well as suspension or debarment. These fines and penalties could be imposed for failing to follow 
procurement integrity and bidding rules, employing improper billing practices or otherwise failing to follow rules relating to billing 
on cost-type contracts, receiving or paying kickbacks, or filing false claims, among other potential violations. In addition, we 
could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety related to such contracts were made against us. 

In addition, our contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to future funding and are subject to the right of the government 
to terminate the contracts in whole or in part for its convenience. There is pressure for the U.S. Government to reduce spending, 
and non-appropriation of funds or the termination for the government’s convenience of our contracts could cause our actual results 
of operations to differ materially and adversely from those anticipated.  Further, for U.S. Government contracts that include option 
years, the U.S. Government generally has the unilateral right to not exercise option periods, and may not exercise an option period 
if the agency is not satisfied with our performance on the contract or does not receive funding to continue the program, among 
other reasons.    

31

 
Further, federal government agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA), routinely audit and investigate 
government contracts and government contractors’ administrative processes and systems. These agencies review our performance 
on government contracts, pricing practices, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. They 
also review our compliance with government regulations and policies and the adequacy of our internal control systems and policies, 
including our purchasing, accounting, estimating, compensation and management information processes and systems. Any costs 
found to be improperly allocated to a specific government contract, unallowable or unreasonable will not be reimbursed, and any 
such costs already reimbursed must be refunded and certain penalties may be imposed. Moreover, if any of the administrative 
processes and systems related to such contracts is found not to comply with governmental requirements, we may be subjected to 
increased government scrutiny that could delay or otherwise adversely affect our ability to compete for or perform government 
contracts or collect our revenue in a timely manner. Therefore, an unfavorable outcome of an audit of our government contracts 
by the DCAA or another government agency could cause our actual results of operations to differ materially and adversely from 
those anticipated.  Each of these outcomes could adversely affect our results of operations.  We do not know the outcome of any 
existing or future audits and if any future audit adjustments significantly exceed our estimates, our profitability could be adversely 
affected.

We rely on the innovation and resources of larger industry participants and public programs in our partnership business to 
advance genomic research and educate physicians/clinicians on genetic diagnostics.

The linkages between genetic anomalies that our products detect and the underlying disease states are not always fully medically 
correlated. Additionally, the availability of correlated genetic markers is dependent on significant investment in genomic research, 
often funded through public programs for which there are no assurances of on-going support. Should any government limit patent 
rights to specific genetic materials, private investment in this area could also be significantly curtailed. In addition, the adoption 
of genetic diagnostics is dependent to a great extent on the education and training of physicians and clinicians. We do not have 
the  resources  to  undertake  such  training,  and  are  relying  on  larger  industry  participants  and  professional  medical  colleges  to 
establish, communicate and educate physicians and clinicians on best practices related to genetic diagnostics.

We are subject to evolving legislative, regulatory, judicial and ethical standards on use of technology and biotechnology.

The adoption of genetic testing is occurring within the broader context of a myriad of decisions related to genetic patenting 
and genotyping. Issues associated with health insurance, data access, intellectual property protection, national and international 
legislative and regulatory initiatives and other variables may have a significant impact on the wide-spread adoption of genetic 
testing or on specific segments or tests within the genetic testing market.

Our effective tax rate may fluctuate and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions in excess of amounts that have been 
accrued.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions.  Our effective tax rate may be lower or 
higher than experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including a change in the mix of our profitability from country to 
country, the establishment or release of valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets, and changes in tax laws.  In addition, 
we take certain income tax positions on our tax returns that we recognize in our financial statements if it is more likely than not 
they will not withstand challenge by tax authorities. We are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions, including the United 
States, and tax authorities may disagree with certain positions we have taken and assess additional taxes.  There can be no assurance 
that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the actual outcomes could have a material impact on our net 
income or financial condition. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from 
previous periods or our current expectations, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  The 
recognition of deferred tax assets is reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will not be 
realized. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical 
income, projected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation 
of tax-planning strategies.

Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could materially impact our effective tax rate. There are several proposals to reform U.S. 
tax rules being considered by U.S. law makers, including proposals that may reduce or eliminate the deferral of U.S. income tax 
on our unrepatriated earnings, potentially requiring those earnings to be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rate, reduce or eliminate 
our ability to claim foreign tax credits, and eliminate various tax deductions until foreign earnings are repatriated to the U.S.  Our 
future reported financial results may be adversely affected by tax rule changes which restrict or eliminate our ability to claim 
foreign  tax  credits  or  deduct  expenses  attributable  to  foreign  earnings,  or  otherwise  affect  the  treatment  of  our  unrepatriated 
earnings. 

32

 
Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile.

The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations 

in price. This volatility is in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results from historical results or estimates of results prepared by 
securities analysts;

developments in patents or other intellectual property rights and litigation;

new, or changes in, recommendations, guidelines or studies that could affect the use of our products;

announcements of acquisitions or of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

developments in relationships with our partners, customers and suppliers;

additions or departures of key personnel;

announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

conditions or trends in the life science, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including the regulatory environment;

published studies and reports relating to the comparative efficacy of products and markets in which we participate;

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

general worldwide economic conditions and interest rates;

the success or lack of success of integrating our acquisitions;

instability in the United States and other financial markets and the ongoing and possible escalation of unrest in the Middle 
East, other armed hostilities or further acts or threats of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere;

sales of our common stock; and

the potential adverse impact of the secondary trading of our stock on foreign exchanges which are subject to less regulatory 
oversight than the NASDAQ Global Select Market, without our permission, and the activity of the market makers of our 
stock on such exchanges, including the risk that such market makers may engage in naked short sales and/or other deceptive 
trading practices which may artificially depress or otherwise affect the price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global 
Select Market.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for technology companies 
in particular, has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the 
operating performance of those companies. Further, there has been particular volatility in the market prices of securities of life 
sciences companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless 
of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities 
class action litigation has often been instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs, potential 
liabilities and the diversion of management’s attention and resources.

We may incur impairment charges on our goodwill and intangible assets which would reduce our earnings.

We are subject to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350 “Goodwill and Other” (ASC 350) which requires that goodwill 
and other intangible assets that have an indefinite life be tested at least annually for impairment. Goodwill and other intangible 
assets with indefinite lives must also be tested for impairment between the annual tests if a triggering event occurs that would 
likely reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount.  As of December 31, 2014, goodwill and other intangible assets 
with indefinite lives represented approximately 30% of our total assets.  In the future, if we determine that there has been impairment, 
our financial results for the relevant period would be reduced by the amount of the impairment, net of tax effects, if any. 

33

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make a third party acquisition of 
us difficult.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire 
us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. We are also subject to certain provisions of Delaware law that could 
delay, deter or prevent a change in control of us. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in 
the future for shares of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal research and development, manufacturing and administrative facilities are located in Austin, Texas, and consist 
of approximately 184,000 square feet of leased space pursuant to lease agreements which expire between July 31, 2017 and April 
30, 2020.  We have options to renew these lease agreements in Austin.  We maintain 20,000 square feet of leased office space in 
The Netherlands, approximately 34,700 square feet of leased office and manufacturing space in Toronto, Canada and approximately 
35,000 square feet of leased office and manufacturing space in Madison, Wisconsin. In addition, we maintain approximately 3,900 
square feet and approximately 2,000 square feet of leased office space in Shanghai and Beijing, respectively, People's Republic 
of China, approximately 2,900 square feet of lease office space in Hong Kong and approximately 4,000 square feet of leased office 
space in Tokyo, Japan.  

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On August 30, 2012 Abbott Laboratories, Inc. (Abbott) was named as a defendant in the complaint filed by ENZO Life 
Sciences, Inc. (ENZO) in U.S. District Court in Delaware for alleged infringement of its US Patent 7,064,197 as a result of Abbott's 
distribution of Luminex's xTAG Respiratory Viral Panel.  Luminex and Abbott have entered into an agreement requiring Luminex 
to defend and indemnify Abbott for any alleged patent infringement resulting from its distribution of Luminex's Respiratory Viral 
Panel. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief.  Abbott filed an answer to the complaint on 
October 15, 2012.  On November 30, 2012, Luminex intervened in the lawsuit. On January 2, 2013 ENZO filed additional claims 
against Luminex, alleging infringement of US Patent 7,064,197 resulting from Luminex's sale of its xTAG, FlexScript LDA, 
SelecTAG, and xMAP Salmonella Serotyping Assay products and alleging infringement of US Patent 8,097,405 resulting from 
Luminex's sale of Multicode products.  Luminex filed an answer to ENZO's additional claims on January 28, 2013.  On October 
2, 2013 ENZO filed additional claims against Luminex, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent 6,992,180 resulting from Luminex’s 
sale of Multicode products.  Luminex filed an answer to ENZO’s additional claims on October 21, 2013.  A trial date has not been 
set. The parties to the lawsuit have engaged in the discovery process.

On November 1, 2013 Irori Technologies, Inc. (Irori) filed a complaint against Luminex in U.S. District Court in the Southern 
District of California, alleging infringement of its U.S. Patent 6,372,428, 6,416,714, and 6,352,854 resulting from Luminex’s sale 
of its xMAP and xTAG based products.   Luminex filed a motion to dismiss on January 9, 2014.  Irori filed its response to our 
motion to dismiss on February 7, 2014.  The court granted the motion to dismiss without prejudice on February 25, 2014.  On 
March 18, 2014, Irori filed an amended complaint, again alleging infringement of its US Patent 6,372,428, 6,416,714, and 6,352,854 
resulting from Luminex’s sale of its xMAP and xTAG based products.  The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and 
injunctive relief.  Luminex filed an answer to Irori’s amended complaint on April 2, 2014.  On June 10, 2014, Luminex filed with 
the USPTO’s Patent Trial and Appeal Board a total of five petitions for inter partes review seeking to invalidate the claims of the 
three patents involved in the litigation.   On June 17, 2014 Luminex filed a motion to stay proceedings in the district court pending 
the USPTO’s resolution of the inter partes review of Irori’s patents.  Irori filed its opposition to the motion to stay on July 7, 2014, 
and Luminex filed a reply on July 14, 2014.  On July 16, 2014, the court granted Luminex’s motion to stay the case until the earlier 
of i) a determination by the United States Patent and Trademark Office that reexamination proceedings will not take place or ii) 
the conclusion of reexamination proceedings and appeals.  On December 11, 2014, the USPTO's Patent Trial and Appeal Board 
instituted review on all five inter partes review petitions that Luminex filed.  Irori’s responses to the petitions
are due February 26, 2015, and oral argument (if requested by either party) is scheduled for August 5, 2015.

34

When and if it appears probable in management's judgment, and based upon consultation with outside counsel, that we will 
incur monetary damages or other costs in connection with any claims or proceedings, and such costs can be reasonably estimated, 
we record the estimated liability in the financial statements.  If only a range of estimated losses can be estimated, we record an 
amount within the range that, in management's judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that 
range is a better estimate than any other amount, we record the liability at the low end of the range of estimates. Any such accrual 
would be charged to expense in the appropriate period.   We disclose significant contingencies when the loss is not probable and/
or the amount of the loss is not estimable, when we believe there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss has been incurred.  
We recognize costs associated with legal proceedings in the period in which the services were provided. There can be no assurance 
that we will successfully defend these suits or that a judgment against us would not materially adversely affect our operating 
results.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

35

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “LMNX.”

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, as applicable, 
for each quarter during 2014 and 2013.  On February 23, 2015, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $16.21 per 
share.

2014
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2013
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Holders

High

Low

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

20.39
20.24
20.00
21.69

High

19.39
21.52
24.10
20.52

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

17.22
15.74
16.05
17.04

Low

16.23
15.39
19.52
17.15

As of February 23, 2015, we had 477 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares are held by brokers 
and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented 
by these record holders.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and, while this policy is subject to periodic review by 
our board of directors, we currently intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends 
in the foreseeable future.  Our ability to declare dividends may also from time to time be limited by the terms of any applicable 
credit facility.  Luminex does not currently have a credit facility.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no sales of unregistered securities of Luminex during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.

36

 
Performance Graph

The following graph compares the change in Luminex’s cumulative total stockholder return on its common shares with the 

NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index.

Luminex Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
NASDAQ Biotechnology

12/09
100.00
100.00
100.00

12/10
122.44
117.61
106.73

12/11
142.20
118.70
122.40

12/12
112.52
139.00
166.72

12/13
129.94
196.83
286.55

12/14
125.65
223.74
379.71

37

 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The stock repurchase activity for the fourth quarter of 2014 was as follows:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)

Average Price
Paid per Share ($)

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs

212

—

1,481

1,693

19.77

—

18.76

18.89

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

Period

10/1/2014 - 10/31/2014

11/1/2014 - 11/30/2014

12/1/2014 - 12/31/2014

Total Fourth Quarter

(1)  Total shares purchased includes shares attributable to the withholding of shares by Luminex to satisfy the payment of 

tax obligations related to the vesting of restricted shares.

38

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements 
and Notes thereto and with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
and other financial data included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 
2014 and 2013 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. The consolidated results of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the consolidated balance 
sheet data at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Results of Operations Data:

Total revenue

Gross profit

Income from operations

Net income

Net income applicable to common stockholders

Net income per common share, basic

Shares used in computing net income per common
share (basic)

Net income per common share, diluted

Shares used in computing net income per common
share (diluted)

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

(in thousands, except per share data)

$ 226,983

$ 213,423

$ 202,582

$ 184,339

$ 141,557

159,852

143,626

142,574

125,490

28,137

39,043

39,043

0.94

$

$

4,767

7,096

7,096

0.17

$

$

22,716

12,407

12,407

0.30

$

$

23,843

14,474

14,474

0.35

$

$

96,377

11,251

5,231

5,231

0.13

41,558

40,799

40,927

41,262

41,030

0.93

$

0.17

$

0.30

$

0.34

$

0.12

42,156

41,986

41,884

42,537

42,438

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Long-term investments

Working capital

Total assets

Total long-term debt

Total stockholders' equity

At December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

(in thousands)

$

91,694

$

67,924

$

42,789

$

58,282

$

89,487

—

15,975

146,654

357,526

—

4,517

—

117,874

306,046

463

13,607

3,000

100,989

297,175

1,702

42,574

6,151

136,933

282,647

2,573

28,404

6,021

151,938

265,810

3,351

319,994

269,620

259,667

250,855

234,865

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS

OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying 
Notes included below in Item 8 and “Risk Factors” included above in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  This discussion 
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Our actual results may differ materially from those 
anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We develop, manufacture and sell proprietary biological testing technologies and products with applications throughout the 
diagnostics and life sciences industries.  These industries depend on a broad range of tests, called bioassays, to perform diagnostic 
tests  and  conduct  life  science  research.  Our  xMAP  (Multi-Analyte  Profiling)  technology,  an  open  architecture,  multiplexing 
technology, allows simultaneous analysis of up to 500 bioassays from a small sample volume, typically a single drop of fluid, by 
reading biological tests on the surface of microscopic polystyrene beads called microspheres.  xMAP technology combines this 
miniaturized liquid array bioassay capability with small lasers, digital signal processors and proprietary software to create a system 
offering advantages in speed, precision, flexibility and cost. Our xMAP technology is currently being used within various segments 
of the life sciences industry which includes the fields of drug discovery and development, and for clinical diagnostics, genetic 
analysis, bio-defense, food safety and biomedical research. In addition to our xMAP technology, our other offerings include our 
proprietary  MultiCode  technology,  used  for  real-time  PCR  (Polymerase  Chain  Reaction)  and  multiplexed  PCR  assays.  Our 
MultiCode assay chemistry is a flexible platform for both real-time PCR and multiplex PCR-based applications.  Our MultiCode 
technology is powered by a base pair (man-made nucleotide pair isoC:isoG in addition to the A:T and G:C nucleotide pairs found 
in nature) that does not exist in nature, but can be combined with natural base pairs, and incorporated into a wide range of molecular 
diagnostic applications. The MultiCode base pair is recognized by naturally occurring enzymes and can be used for the specific 
placement  of  reporter  molecules  and  to  increase  the  molecular  recognition  capabilities  of  hybridization-based  assays.  The 
MultiCode base pair enables solutions to complex molecular challenges that were previously not possible with natural nucleic 
acid alone.

Our  end  user  customers  and  partners,  which  include  laboratory  professionals  performing  research,  clinical  laboratories 
performing tests on patients as ordered by physicians and other laboratories, have a fundamental need to perform high quality 
testing as efficiently as possible.  Luminex employs a two-pronged business model.  We have licensed our xMAP technology to 
partner companies, which in turn then develop products that incorporate the xMAP technology into products that our partners sell 
to end users. We develop and manufacture the proprietary xMAP laboratory instrumentation and the proprietary xMAP microspheres 
and sell these products to our partners. Our partners then sell xMAP instrumentation and xMAP-based reagent consumable products, 
which run on the instrumentation, to the end user laboratory.  As of December 31, 2014, Luminex had 66 strategic partners, of 
which 46 have released commercialized reagent-based products utilizing our technology.

Luminex has several forms of revenue that result from our business model:

• 

System revenue is generated from the sale of our xMAP multiplexing analyzers and peripherals.

•  Consumable revenue is generated from the sale of our dyed polystyrene microspheres, along with sheath and drive 
fluid.  Our larger commercial and development partners often purchase these consumables in bulk to minimize the 
number of incoming qualification events and to allow for longer development and production runs.

•  Royalty revenue is generated when a partner sells our proprietary microspheres to an end user, a partner sells a kit 
incorporating our proprietary microspheres to an end user or when a partner utilizes a kit to provide a testing result to 
a user.  End users can be facilities such as testing labs, development facilities and research facilities that buy prepared 
kits and have specific testing needs or testing service companies that provide assay results to pharmaceutical research 
companies or physicians.

•  Assay revenue is generated from the sale of our kits which are a combination of chemical and biological reagents and 
our proprietary xMAP bead technology used to perform diagnostic and research assays on samples as well as real-time 
PCR and multiplexed PCR assays using our proprietary MultiCode technology.

• 

Service revenue is generated when a partner or other owner of a system purchases a service contract from us after the 
standard warranty has expired or pays us for our time and materials to service instruments.  Service contract revenue 
is amortized over the life of the contract and the costs associated with those contracts are recognized as incurred.

40

•  Other revenue consists of items such as training, shipping, parts sales, license revenue, grant revenue, contract research 

and development fees, milestone revenue and other items that individually amount to less than 5% of total revenue.

2014 Highlights

•  Consolidated revenue was $227.0 million for 2014, representing a 6% increase over revenue for 2013.

• 

System shipments of 950 multiplexing analyzers, which included 372 MAGPIX systems, resulting in cumulative life-
to-date multiplexing analyzer shipments of 11,687, up 9% from a year ago.

•  Royalty revenue reflecting over $456 million of royalty bearing end user sales on our technology for the year, a 7% 

increase in royalty revenue over the prior year.

•  Assay revenue of $87.7 million, an 18% increase over 2013

•  Received FDA clearance to add new clinical targets and additional sample type for use with xTAG® Gastrointestinal 

Pathogen Panel.

Reimbursement Landscape

Over the past two years, the molecular diagnostic market has experienced what we believe to be a temporary deceleration in 
the utilization of molecular assays, particularly in the human genetics segment. This deceleration was driven by administrative 
issues associated with the new molecular diagnostic code system implemented by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services 
(CMS) in 2013. After implementation of the new molecular diagnostic codes, a number of our laboratory customers experienced 
Medicare fee schedule reductions, delays in pricing and implementation of key molecular codes, denials of coverage for existing 
tests and delays in payment for tests performed by some payers, all of which resulted in lower than anticipated testing volumes 
for our customers and, therefore, decreased assay revenues in 2013. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS began bundling 
Medicare payment for most clinical laboratory tests into hospital payment rates. As a result, most independent laboratories must 
now obtain payment from the hospital rather than directly billing Medicare. Despite these changes, based on feedback from our 
customers regarding the 2014 Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule and the reinstatement in 2013 of coverage for Cystic 
Fibrosis genetic testing, the single largest test that was not being reimbursed, we believe that reimbursement challenges diminished 
in 2014. However, we may be impacted by future changes to the reimbursement landscape. Commercial payors may adopt coding 
and bundling requirements that are similar to those made by Medicare. Further, in April 2014, the Protecting Access to Medicare 
Act (PAMA) was enacted. Beginning in 2016, PAMA requires clinical laboratories to report to CMS the volume of each laboratory 
test and the price paid by private payors. CMS must set future Medicare fee schedules using weighted medians from these datasets. 
This requirement could exert downward pressure on Medicare reimbursement, because reimbursement rates for clinical laboratory 
services  of  commercial  payors  are  often  lower  than  rates  paid  by  Medicare. We  will  continue  to  monitor  the  reimbursement 
landscape closely.

Consumables Sales and Royalty Revenue Trends

We  have  experienced  significant  fluctuations  in  consumable  revenue  over  the  past  three  years.   Overall,  the  fluctuations 
manifested themselves through periodic changes in volume from our largest bulk purchasing partners.  These customers account 
for more than 75% of our total consumable sales volume.  During 2015, we expect a contraction of approximately $10 million in 
consumable sales as the result of transient inventory challenges that our largest bulk purchasing partner is experiencing.  We expect 
this  lower  level  of  purchasing  to  continue  over  the  next  several  years.    However,  even  though  we  experience  variability  in 
consumable revenue, the key indicator of the success of our partners’ commercialization efforts is the rising level of royalties and 
reported royalty bearing sales.  We believe that our relationship with our largest bulk purchasing partner remains strong and they 
are continuing  to invest in  our  technology.   The  royalty stream from  our  largest  bulk purchasing  partner has  grown  steadily, 
indicating further penetration and use of our technology within their market. 

Change in Cash Position

Our cash, cash equivalents and investments increased by approximately $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 
to $107.7 million from $72.4 million at December 31, 2013.  The increase in cash, cash equivalents and investments is primarily 
attributable to strong operating cash flows of $49.3 million, coupled with $4.7 million in proceeds from our employee stock 
purchase plan (ESPP) and stock option exercises, which funded our capital expenditures of $17.1 million.  

41

 
Segment Information

During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, Luminex evaluated its historical 
reporting segments: the TSP segment and the ARP segment.  As a result of this evaluation and based upon how our new Chief 
Executive Officer as Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) and our management team collectively is managing our business, 
we determined that the two former segments have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate 
representation of our current business when reported separately.  Additionally, we have taken actions to consolidate sales and 
service functions.  Effective with the fourth quarter of 2014, we no longer have two operating segments and, accordingly, will 
present our business as one operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated 
to conform to the current periods' presentation.  

Future Operations

We expect our areas of focus over the next twelve months to be:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

clinical validation and preparation for commercial launch of our ARIES system, the next generation sample-to-
answer platform for our MultiCode-RTx technology, including in vitro diagnostic (IVD) assays;

development of the next generation multiplex chemistry, including the next generation of our Respiratory Viral 
Panel line of IVD assays;

continued execution of our pharmacogenetic (PGx) strategy;

continued execution of our direct sales strategy, including developing the infrastructure necessary to support our 
sales force and decreasing reliance on our distributors;  

commercialization,  regulatory  clearance  and  market  adoption  of  products,  including  commercialization  of 
MultiCode analyte specific reagents outside of the United States;

•  maintenance and improvement of our existing products and the timely development, completion and successful 

commercial launch of our pipeline products;

• 

• 

adoption and use of our platforms and consumables by our customers for testing services;

expansion and enhancement of our installed base and our market position within our identified target market 
segments;

•  monitoring  and  mitigating  the  effect  of  the  ongoing  uncertainty  in  global  finance  markets  and  changes  in 

government funding on planned purchases by end users; and

• 

continued adoption and development of partner products incorporating Luminex technology through effective 
partner management.

We anticipate continued revenue concentration in our higher margin items (assays, consumables and royalties) contributing 
to  favorable,  but  variable,  gross  margin  percentages.  Additionally,  we  believe  that  a  sustained  investment  in  research  and 
development is necessary in order to meet the needs of our marketplace and provide a sustainable new product pipeline.  We may 
experience volatility in research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue on a quarterly basis as a result of the timing 
of development expenses, clinical validation and clinical trials in advance of the commercial launch of our new products.

42

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical 
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form 
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The following is a discussion of our most critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements, and the 
judgments and estimates involved under each.  We also have other significant accounting policies that do not involve critical 
accounting estimates because they do not generally require us to make estimates and judgments that are difficult or subjective.  These 
are described  in Note  1  of our  Consolidated Financial Statements provided herein  in  Item 8.  Estimates and  assumptions  are 
reviewed periodically. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition.  Revenue is generated primarily from the sale of our products and related services, which are primarily 
support and maintenance services on our systems.  We recognize product revenue at the time the product is shipped provided there 
is persuasive evidence of an agreement, no right of return exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.  There 
is no customer right of return in our sales agreements.  If the criteria for revenue recognition are not met at the time of shipment, 
the revenue is deferred until all criteria are met.

We regularly enter into arrangements for system sales that are multiple-element arrangements, including services such as 
installation and training, and multiple products.   These products or services are primarily delivered within a short time frame, 
approximately  three  to  six  months,  of  the  agreement  execution  date  and  can  also  be  performed  by  one  of  our  third-party 
partners.  Based on the terms and conditions of the sale, we believe that these services can be accounted for separately from the 
delivered system as our delivered products have value to our customers on a stand-alone basis.  Items are considered to have stand-
alone  value  when  they  are  sold  separately  by  any  vendor  or  when  the  customer  could  resell  the  item  on  a  stand-alone 
basis.   Accordingly, the estimated selling price of services or products not yet performed or delivered at the time of system shipment 
are deferred and recognized as revenue as such services are performed.  We have typically been able to determine the selling price 
of each deliverable in a multiple-element arrangement based on the price for such deliverable when it is sold separately.  If vendor 
specific objective evidence (VSOE) is not determinable and when third-party evidence is not available, we use the estimated 
selling price of a deliverable which is determined based upon our pricing policies, expected margin of the deliverable, geographical 
location and information gathered from customer negotiations.  

Within the diagnostic portion of our business, we provide systems and certain other hardware to customers through reagent 
rental agreements under which the customers commit to purchasing minimum quantities of disposable products at a stated price 
over a defined contract term, which is normally two to three years.  All of these reagent rental agreements are operating leases.  
Instead of rental payments, we recover the cost of providing the system and other hardware in the amount we charge for our 
diagnostic assays and other disposables.  Revenue is recognized over the defined contract term as assays and other disposable 
products are shipped.  The depreciation costs associated with the system and other hardware are charged to cost of sales on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated life of the system.  The costs to maintain these instruments in the field are charged to cost 
of sales as incurred.  

Revenue from extended service agreements is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  We may also 
be entitled to milestone payments that are contingent upon our achieving a predefined objective.  We follow the milestone method 
of recognizing revenue from milestones and milestone payments are recorded as revenue in full upon achievement of the milestone.  
Revenues from royalties related to agreements with strategic partners are recognized when such amounts are reported to the 
Company; therefore, the underlying end user sales may be related to prior periods.

Additional revenue is derived from cost-type contracts with the U.S. government. Revenue and profit under cost-plus service 
contracts is recognized as costs are incurred plus negotiated fees. Fixed fees on cost-plus service contracts are recognized ratably 
over  the  contract  performance  period  as  services  are  performed.  Contract  costs  include  labor  and  related  employee  benefits, 
subcontracting costs and other direct costs, as well as allocations of allowable indirect costs. For contract change orders, claims 
or similar items, judgment is required for estimating the amounts, assessing the potential for realization, and determining whether 
realization is probable. From time to time, facts develop that require revisions of revenue recognized or cost estimates. To the 
extent that a revised estimate affects the current or an earlier period, the cumulative effect of the revision is recognized in the 
period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. Reimbursements of certain costs, including certain hardware costs 
or out-of-pocket expenses are included in revenue with corresponding costs included in cost of revenue as costs are incurred.

43

Inventory.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined according to the standard cost 
method.  Inventories have been written down through an allowance for excess and obsolete inventories. The two major components 
of the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory are (i) a specific write-down for inventory items that we no longer use in the 
manufacture of our products or that no longer meet our specifications and (ii) a write-down against slow moving items for potential 
obsolescence. Inventory is reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted based on management’s review of inventories on hand compared 
to estimated future usage and sales.  While management believes that adequate write-downs for inventory obsolescence have been 
made  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  scientific  and  technological  advances  will  continue  and  we  could  experience 
additional inventory write-downs in the future.  However, we do not believe this estimate is subject to significant variability.

Warranties.  We provide for the estimated cost of initial product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While we engage 
in product quality programs and processes, our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service 
delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. While management believes that adequate reserve has been made in the 
consolidated financial statements for product warranties, should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery 
costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.  However, we do not believe this 
estimate is subject to significant variability.

Purchase Price Allocation, Intangibles and Goodwill. The purchase price allocation for acquisitions requires extensive use 
of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, 
including in-process research and development, and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values.   Intangible assets 
with definite lives are amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.   We periodically review 
the estimated useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might 
result in a diminished fair value or revised useful life.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of the assets of the acquired business.  We evaluate the carrying 
value of goodwill on a reporting unit level annually, on October 1st of each year, or more frequently if there is evidence that certain 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable.  As of October 1, 
2014, all of our goodwill related to one reporting unit, our previous ARP segment, for goodwill impairment testing.  As the change 
to one reporting segment was made after October 1, 2014, we performed our analysis on goodwill under the ARP segment as of 
October 1, 2014.  We have historically estimated the fair value of our ARP segment reporting unit using a discounted cash flow 
(DCF) analysis (“step one” analysis) of our projected future results or using a more qualitative analysis  (“step zero” analysis) 
under the accounting guidance which allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not 
that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  In fiscal  2012, we used the "step zero" analysis in our annual 
impairment analysis for goodwill.  In performing the impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013 and 2014, we used the "step 
one" analysis.  This analysis requires a comparison of the carrying value of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the 
reporting unit.  Determining the fair value of goodwill is subjective in nature and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions.  
Our annual test, performed on the first day of the fourth quarter, did not result in an impairment charge for 2014 as the estimated 
fair value of the ARP segment reporting unit exceeded the carrying value by a significant enough amount that any reasonably 
likely change in the assumptions used in the analysis would not cause the carrying value to exceed the estimated fair value for the 
reporting unit as determined under our "step one" analysis.

We utilize an income approach based on a DCF analysis to determine fair value estimates, and then use market comparisons 
as a reasonableness check to ensure that neither the income approach nor the market comparisons yielded significantly different 
results. The income approach calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and 
then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  Our estimates are based on revenue 
projections by product line, and include judgment based on historical growth and scheduled product approvals by the various 
governmental authorities.  We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying 
businesses. The  most  significant  assumptions  used  in  the  DCF  methodology  are  the  discount  rate,  based  upon  the  estimated 
weighted average cost of capital (WACC), and the terminal growth rate, based upon strategic studies we commissioned and our 
own internal analysis.  We used a WACC rate of 14.5% and a terminal growth rate of 2.9% in our 2014 analysis.  To determine 
our WACC rate, we performed a peer company analysis and considered the weighted average return on debt and equity, the updated 
risk-free interest rate, beta, equity risk premium, and entity specific size risk premium.  

Our analysis yielded an estimated fair value in excess of the carrying value by over 25% for 2014.  Concurrent with the above 
analysis, we performed a sensitivity analysis based upon reasonably likely changes to determine if our DCF analysis would result 
in impairment if the following changes were made to our assumptions:  i) assumed the fair value of the reporting unit was lower 
by 10% or ii) future revenue was 75% of our projections in the DCF model.  Neither of these sensitivity analyses resulted in an 
estimated fair value less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit.

44

Accounting for Income Taxes. We calculate our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by identifying the temporary differences arising from the different treatment of 
items for tax and accounting purposes. In determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our 
financial statements or tax returns, judgment is required. Differences between the anticipated and actual outcomes of these future 
tax consequences could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position. The recognition of 
deferred tax assets is reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will not be realized. We 
regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical income, projected 
future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax-planning 
strategies.  Undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision 
for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon.

The GAAP guidance requires recognition of the impact of a tax position in our financial statements only if that position is 
more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Any 
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions will be reflected in income tax expense.   Determining the consolidated 
provision for income taxes involves judgments, estimates and the application of complex tax regulations.  We are required to 
provide for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions where we operate, including estimated liabilities for uncertain tax positions. 
 Although we believe that we have provided adequate liabilities for uncertain tax positions, the actual liability resulting from 
examinations by taxing authorities could differ from the recorded income tax liabilities and could result in additional income tax 
expense having a material impact on our consolidated results of operations.  Changes of estimates in our income tax liabilities are 
reflected in our income tax provision in the period in which the factors resulting in the change to our estimate become known to 
us.    We benefit from the tax credit incentives under the U.S. research and experimentation tax credit extended to taxpayers engaged 
in qualified research and experimental activities while carrying on a trade or business.  The tax credit expired on December 31, 
2014, and if not renewed under similar terms as in prior years, the result could have a material impact on our financial results.

We recognize excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to stockholders’ equity only when realized. When 
assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, we follow the with-and-without 
approach, excluding any indirect effects of the excess tax deductions. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-
based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to us.

In March 2010, significant reforms to the healthcare system were adopted as law in the U.S. The law includes provisions that, 
among other things, imposes new and/or increased taxes.  Specifically, the law requires the medical device industry to subsidize 
healthcare reform in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. sales of certain medical devices effective January 1, 2013. Our products 
which have received FDA approval fall under the government classification and are subject to the excise tax. 

Stock compensation.  All stock-based compensation cost, including grants of stock options, restricted stock units and shares 
issued under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan, is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and 
is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.  The 
fair value of our stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes valuation calculation 
requires us to estimate key assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate of return. Calculation of 
expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The expected term is calculated using the contractual term of the options as 
well as an analysis of our historical exercises of stock options.  The estimate of risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield 
curve in effect at the time of grant. We have never paid cash dividends and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends, thus we 
have assumed a 0% dividend yield.  

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the 
awards that are ultimately expected to vest.  As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential 
forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is based on historical 
forfeiture performance and will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are 
expected  to  differ,  from  such  estimates.  Changes  in  estimated  forfeitures  will  be  recognized  through  a  cumulative  catch-up 
adjustment in the period of evaluation and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future 
periods. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that vest, except for the 
limited number of market based awards under long term incentive plans.  If we use different assumptions for estimating stock-
based compensation expense in future periods or if actual forfeitures differ materially from our estimated forfeitures, the change 
in our stock-based compensation expense could materially affect our operating income, net income and net income per share.

45

 
Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentage of total revenue of certain items in the Consolidated Results of Operations. The 
financial information and the discussion below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
Notes thereto.

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development expense

Selling, general and administrative expense

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

Restructuring

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest expense from long-term debt

Other income, net

Income taxes

Net income

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

100 %

30 %

70 %

19 %

36 %

2 %

1 %

58 %

12 %

— %

— %

5 %

17 %

100 %

33 %

67 %

21 %

41 %

2 %

1 %

65 %

2 %

— %

3 %

(2)%

3 %

100 %

30 %

70 %

21 %

36 %

2 %

— %

59 %

11 %

— %

— %

(5)%

6 %

46

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Year Ended December 31,

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin percentage
Operating expenses
Operating income
Net income

2014

$
$

$
$
$

226,983
159,852

70%

131,715
28,137
39,043

$
$

$
$
$

Variance

2013
(dollars in thousands)
213,423
143,626

$
$

13,560
16,226

67%

138,859
4,767
7,096

$
$
$

3%
(7,144)
23,370
31,947

Variance (%)

6 %
11 %
N/A
(5)%
490 %
450 %

Revenue. Total revenue increased to $227.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $213.4 million in 2013.  The 
increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $13.6 million in assay revenue and $2.5 million in royalty revenue, partially 
offset by a decrease of $2.6 million in system revenue.  The increase in assay revenue is attributable to growth in both of our 
primary assay portfolios; infectious disease assays and genetic testing assays, which grew at 18% and 20%, respectively, over the 
prior year.  The increase in royalty revenue was driven by our partners' continued menu expansion and increased utilization of our 
partners’ assays on our technology.  System revenue decreased from $31.8 million in 2013 to $29.2 million in 2014.  We sold 950 
multiplexing analyzers in 2014, which included 372 of our MAGPIX systems, as compared to 1,078 multiplexing analyzers sold 
in 2013, which included 495 MAGPIX systems, bringing total multiplexing analyzer shipments since inception to 11,687 as of 
December 31, 2014.  Additionally, system revenue generated in our Brisbane, Australia facility, which was closed in 2014, declined 
by $1.2 million in 2014 from the prior year. 

A breakdown of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

System sales
Consumable sales
Royalty revenue
Assay revenue
Service revenue
Other revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013
(dollars in thousands)

Variance

Variance (%)

$

$

29,200
48,300
39,409
87,653
9,377
13,044
226,983

$

$

31,786
48,540
36,950
74,101
8,939
13,107
213,423

$

$

(2,586)
(240)
2,459
13,552
438
(63)
13,560

(8)%
— %
7 %
18 %
5 %
— %
6 %

We continue to have revenue concentration in a limited number of customers.  In 2014, the top five customers, by revenue, 
accounted for 55% of total revenue up from 54% of total revenue in 2013.  In particular, two customers accounted for 38% of 
2014 total revenue (21% and 17%, respectively) up from 34% of 2013 total revenue (18% and 16%, respectively).  No other 
customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in 2014 or 2013.

Revenue from the sale of systems and peripheral components decreased 8% to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 
2014 from $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the decrease in the total multiplexing analyzer placements.  
We sold 950 total multiplexing analyzers in 2014 as compared to 1,078 in 2013.  We anticipate that our increased focus on direct 
sales will drive the placement of reagent rental multiplexing analyzer systems in lieu of multiplexing analyzer system sales to 
distributors.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, five of our partners accounted for 721, or 76%, of total multiplexing analyzers 
sold.  Five of our partners accounted for 895, or 83%, of total multiplexing analyzers sold for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumable sales, comprised of microspheres and sheath fluid, decreased to $48.3 million during 2014 from $48.5 million 
in 2013.   During the year ended December 31, 2014, we had 68 bulk purchases of consumables totaling approximately $37.6 
million (78% of total consumable revenue), ranging from $0.1 million to $4.8 million, as compared with 74 bulk purchases totaling 
approximately $38.8 million (80% of total consumable revenue), in the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in bulk 
purchases in 2014 is the primary driver to the decrease in consumable revenue from the prior year and is primarily the result of 
transient inventory challenges experienced by our largest partner, which is expected to affect consumable sales over the next 
several years.  Partners who reported royalty bearing sales accounted for $38.3 million, or 79%, of consumable sales for the year 
ended December 31, 2014 compared to $38.4 million, or 79%, of the total consumable sales for the year ended December 31, 
2013.

Royalty revenue, which results when our partners sell products or services incorporating our technology, increased 7% to 
$39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  We believe this 
is primarily the result of menu expansion and increased utilization of our partners’ assays on our technology. Our partners’ end 
user sales may reflect volatility from quarter to quarter and therefore, that same volatility is reflected in our reported royalty 
revenues on a quarterly basis.  Total royalty bearing sales on xMAP and MultiCode technology reported to us were $452.6 million 
and $3.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $443.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, 
for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Assay revenue increased 18% to $87.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $74.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013.  The increase in assay revenue is driven primarily by an increase in both of our primary assay portfolios: 
infectious disease testing and genetic testing assay products which increased 18% and 20% from 2013, respectively.  Additionally, 
infectious disease testing and genetic testing assay products represented 67% and 33%, respectively, of total assay revenue in 
2014, consistent with 2013.  Our top customer, by revenue, accounted for 51% of total assay revenue for the year ended December 31, 
2014 compared to 49% for the year ended December 31, 2013.  No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total assay 
revenue during those periods.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, direct assay sales comprised 99% 
and 97% of total assay sales, respectively.  Certain genetic testing assay products revenue from our largest customer is under 
significant pressure from competing technologies and, although timing is uncertain, a loss of a significant portion of that revenue 
is expected within the next twelve months.

Service revenue, comprised of extended warranty contracts earned ratably over the term of a contract and time and materials 
for billable service work not under an extended warranty contract, increased 5% to $9.4 million during 2014 from $8.9 million in 
2013.  This increase is attributable to increased penetration of the expanded installed base. At December 31, 2014, we had 1,522 
Luminex systems covered under extended service agreements and $4.1 million in deferred revenue related to those contracts. At 
December 31, 2013, we had 1,516 Luminex systems covered under extended service agreements and $3.8 million in deferred 
revenue related to those contracts.

Other revenue, which includes training revenue, shipping revenue, miscellaneous part sales, amortized license fees, milestone 
payments from our development agreement with Merck and revenue from agreements with U.S. government agencies, decreased 
to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $159.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $143.6 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross margin (gross profit as a percentage of total revenue) was 70% for the year ended 
December 31, 2014, up from 67% for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Gross margin was higher in 2014 primarily as a result 
of the inclusion in 2013 of $2.6 million of impairment of inventory related to our restructuring plan focused on our Newborn 
Screening Group and our Brisbane, Australia office.  Additionally, concentration of sales in our higher margin items (assays, 
consumables and royalties) was higher than in the prior year, representing 77% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 
compared to 75% for the year ended December 31, 2013.  We anticipate continued fluctuation in gross margin and related gross 
profit primarily as a result of variability in consumable and system purchases and seasonality effects inherent in our assay revenue.

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense decreased to $43.1 million, or 19% of total revenue, 
for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $45.0 million, or 21% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The 
decrease  in  research  and  development  expense  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  savings  in  materials  spending  associated  with 
advancement in the ARIES development phases, including transitioning from alpha system builds in the prior year to wrapping 
up development and preparing for clinical trials in the current year, and the savings realized from our restructuring activities in 
the prior year.  The focus of our research and development activities has been the development and clinical validation of our next 
generation sample-to-answer platform for our ARIES system. 

48

Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding the amortization of 
acquired intangible assets, decreased to $82.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $87.3 million for 2013.  The 
decrease was primarily attributable to an expense of $7.0 million related to the termination of our molecular diagnostics distribution 
agreements and our full allowance against all accounts receivable balances related to the bankruptcy of a previous customer totaling 
$3.9 million each reflected in our 2013 results, partially offset by increased personnel costs due to incremental headcount and 
increased 
  Selling,  general  and 
administrative headcount at December 31, 2014 was 290 as compared to 281 at December 31, 2013.   As a percentage of revenue, 
selling, general and administrative expense, excluding the amortization of acquired intangible assets, decreased to 36% in 2014 
compared to 41% in 2013.

incentive  compensation  as  well  as  additional 

litigation  expenditures 

in  2014. 

Restructuring costs. We recorded total pre-tax restructuring charges of $3.1 million in 2014.  The portion of these charges 
that pertained to the non-cash impairment of inventory and certain of the employee separation costs, $1.2 million, was recorded 
to cost of revenue. The portion of these charges that pertained to the non-cash loss on disposal of our Brisbane, Australia business, 
the non-cash impairment of intangible assets, fixed assets, certain employee separation costs and facility exit costs, $1.9 million, 
was recorded to restructuring costs in our operating expenses.  We recorded total pre-tax restructuring charges of $5.0 million in 
2013.  The portion of these charges that pertained to the non-cash impairment of inventory and certain of the employee separation 
costs, $2.6 million, was recorded to cost of revenue. The portion of these charges that pertained to the non-cash impairment of 
intangible assets, fixed assets and certain employee separation costs, $2.4 million, was recorded to restructuring costs in our 
operating expenses.  As a result of the organizational change, the Company eliminated approximately 5% of its aggregate workforce.

Other Income, net. Other income, net decreased to a loss of $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from income of 
$6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The 2013 amount was due to the liquidation of our minority interest in a 
private company in 2013, which resulted in a gain of $5.4 million and a reduction in the contingent consideration liability established 
in connection with the 2012 acquisition of GenturaDx from $1.4 million to $0 during 2013.

Income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a benefit of 39%, or $11.0 million, as compared 
to an expense of 38%, or $4.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The favorable effective tax rate for 2014 reflects 
an income tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter resulting from the partial release of the Canadian deferred tax assets valuation 
allowance, the recognition of benefits in the Netherlands which were generated by the waiver of intercompany debt and restructuring 
losses related to the Australian entity and the establishment of a tax asset associated with tax paid on intercompany profits.  Further 
release of the Canadian deferred tax assets valuation allowance will be contingent upon future projections of profitability of our 
Canadian subsidiary.  We will record income tax expense on profits generated in our Canadian subsidiary over the near term and 
as a result expect our consolidated effective tax rate to be in the 25% to 35% range over the next several years, absent any other 
significant discrete items.  We continue to assess our business model and its impact in various tax jurisdictions.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Year Ended December 31,

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin percentage
Operating expenses
Operating income
Net income

2013

$
$

$
$
$

213,423
143,626

67%

138,859
4,767
7,096

$
$

$
$
$

Variance

2012
(dollars in thousands)
202,582
142,574

10,841
1,052

$
$

70%

(3)%

119,858
22,716
12,407

$
$
$

19,001
(17,949)
(5,311)

Variance (%)

5 %
1 %
N/A
16 %
(79)%
(43)%

Revenue. Total revenue increased to $213.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $202.6 million in 2012. The 
increase was primarily attributable to a $5.8 million increase in royalty revenue and $3.9 million in other revenue.  The increase 
in royalty revenue was driven by our partners' continued menu expansion and increased utilization of our partners’ assays on our 
technology.  The increase in other revenue was driven by our contracts with the U.S. government and our development agreement 
with Merck.  In addition, system revenue increased from $31.1 million in 2012 to $31.8 million in 2013.  We sold 1,078 multiplexing 
analyzers in 2013, which included 495 of our MAGPIX systems, as compared to 981 multiplexing analyzers sold in 2012, which 
included 420 MAGPIX systems, bringing total multiplexing analyzer sales since inception to 10,737 as of December 31, 2013.  
Also included in system revenue for 2013 were sales of 45 automated punching systems compared to 68 in 2012.

49

 
 
 
 
 
A breakdown of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

System sales
Consumable sales
Royalty revenue
Assay revenue
Service revenue
Other revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012
(dollars in thousands)

Variance

Variance (%)

$

$

31,786
48,540
36,950
74,101
8,939
13,107
213,423

$

$

31,083
48,012
31,160
75,020
8,079
9,228
202,582

$

$

703
528
5,790
(919)
860
3,879
10,841

2 %
1 %
19 %
(1)%
11 %
42 %
5 %

In 2013, the top five customers, by revenue, accounted for 54% of total revenue down from 63% of total revenue in 2012.  In 
particular, three customers accounted for 43% of 2013 total revenue (18%, 16% and 9%, respectively) down from 51% of 2012 
total revenue (19%, 24% and 8% respectively).  No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in 2013.

Revenue from the sale of systems and peripheral components increased 2% to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013 from $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the increase in the total multiplexing analyzer placements 
from 981 in 2012 to 1,078 in 2013.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, five of our partners accounted for 895, or 83%, of 
total multiplexing analyzers sold.  Five of our partners accounted for 811, or 83%, of total multiplexing analyzers sold for the year 
ended December 31, 2012.

Consumable  sales,  comprised  of  microspheres  and  sheath  fluid,  increased  1%  to $48.5  million  during  2013 from $48.0 
million in 2012.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had 74 bulk purchases of consumables totaling approximately 
$38.8 million (80% of total consumable revenue), ranging from $0.1 million to $4.3 million, as compared with 70 bulk purchases 
totaling approximately $38.1 million (79% of total consumable revenue), in the year ended December 31, 2012.  The increase in 
bulk purchases was the primary driver to the increase in consumable revenue from the prior year.  Partners who reported royalty 
bearing sales accounted for $38.4 million, or 79%, of total consumable sales for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Royalty revenue, which results when our partners sell products or services incorporating our technology, increased 19% 
to $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  We believe 
this was primarily the result of menu expansion and increased utilization of our partners’ assays on our technology.  Our partners’ 
end user sales may reflect volatility from quarter to quarter and therefore, that same volatility is reflected in our reported royalty 
revenues on a quarterly basis.  Total royalty bearing sales on xMAP and MultiCode technology reported to us were $443.5 million 
and $2.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $397.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively, 
for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Assay revenue decreased 1% to $74.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $75.0 million for the year ended 
December  31,  2012.    The  modest  decline  in  assay  revenue  was  driven  primarily  by  decreased  infectious  disease  assay 
sales.  Infectious disease testing and genetic testing assays represented 67% and 33%, respectively, of total assay revenue in both 
2013 and 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, direct assay sales comprised 97% of total assay sales compared to 72% 
for the year ended December 31, 2012.  In 2013, we focused more resources on our direct sales channels which resulted in less 
reliance on our distributors.  The top customer, by revenue, accounted for 49% of total assay revenue in both 2013 and 2012.  No 
other customer accounted for more than 10% of total assay revenue in 2013.  In 2012, before our focus on selling directly to the 
end user, the second and third largest customers represented 18% and 9%, respectively of total assay revenue.

Service revenue, comprised of extended warranty contracts earned ratably over the term of a contract, increased 11% to $8.9 
million during 2013 from $8.1 million in 2012.  This increase was attributable to increased penetration of the expanded installed 
base. At December 31, 2013, we had 1,516 Luminex systems covered under extended service agreements and $3.8 million in 
deferred revenue related to those contracts. At December 31, 2012, we had 1,379 Luminex systems covered under extended service 
agreements and $3.3 million in deferred revenue related to those contracts.

50

 
 
 
 
 
Other revenue, which includes training revenue, shipping revenue, miscellaneous part sales, amortized license fees, milestone 
payments  from  our  development  agreement  with  Merck  and  revenue  from  agreements  with  U.S.  government  agencies, 
increased 42% to $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 
2012.  This increase was primarily the result of payments related to minimum purchase obligations and our development agreements 
with Merck and U.S. government agencies.  

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $143.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $142.6 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2012. Gross margin (gross profit as a percentage of total revenue) was 67% for the year ended 
December 31, 2013, down from 70% for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Gross margin was lower in 2013 primarily as a result 
of the inclusion of $2.6 million of impairment of inventory related to our restructuring plan focused on our Newborn Screening 
Group and our Brisbane, Australia office.  Additionally, concentration of sales in our higher margin items (assays, consumables 
and royalties) was modestly lower than in the prior year, representing 75% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 
compared to 76% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Research  and  Development  Expense.  Research  and  development  expense  increased  to  $45.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, but remained flat as a percentage of revenue, at 
21% in both 2013 and 2012.  The increase in expense was primarily associated with (i) the development of a new version of our 
multiplex PCR technology and (ii) our sample-to-answer instrumentation and assays.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding the amortization of 
acquired intangible assets, increased to $87.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $72.6 million for 2012.  The 
increase was primarily attributable to an expense of $7.0 million related to the termination of our molecular diagnostics distribution 
agreements effective as of the first quarter of 2013, an increase of our allowance for bad debts of $3.9 million related to all of the 
receivables from a previous customer that filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy and additional infrastructure and personnel and related 
expenses focused on our direct sales channels.  Selling, general and administrative headcount at December 31, 2013 was 281 as 
compared to 259 at December 31, 2012.   As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, excluding the 
amortization of acquired intangible assets, increased to 41% in 2013 compared to 36% in 2012.

Restructuring costs. We recorded total pre-tax restructuring charges of $5.0 million in 2013.  The portion of these charges 
that pertained to the non-cash impairment of inventory and certain of the employee separation costs, $2.6 million, was recorded 
to cost of revenue. The portion of these charges that pertained to the non-cash impairment of intangible assets, fixed assets and 
certain employee separation costs, $2.4 million, was recorded to restructuring costs in our operating expenses.  As a result of the 
organizational change, the Company eliminated approximately 5% of its workforce.  

Other Income, net. Other income, net increased to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $0.3 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the liquidation of our minority interest in a private company, which resulted in a gain 
of $5.4 million and a reduction in the contingent consideration liability established in connection with the 2012 acquisition of 
GenturaDx from $1.4 million to $0 during 2013.

Income taxes. Income tax expense decreased to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $10.4 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to decreased profitability in the U.S. during 2013.  Our effective tax rate for the 
year ended December 31, 2013 was 38% compared to 46% for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The decrease in our effective 
tax rate in 2013 was primarily a function of the decrease in the proportion of taxable income attributable to the U.S., an extension 
of the U.S. federal research and experimentation tax credit in 2013, and an increase in the taxable losses in our foreign jurisdictions 
for which no income tax benefit is recognized.  Our foreign earnings are generally taxed at lower rates than in the United States.

51

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Long-term investments

December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013

$

$

(in thousands)

91,694

$

—

15,975

107,669

$

67,924

4,517

—

72,441

At December 31, 2014, we held cash, cash equivalents and long-term investments of $107.7 million and had working capital 
of $146.7 million. At December 31, 2013, we held cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $72.4 million and had 
working capital of $117.9 million.  Cash, cash equivalents and investments increased by $35.2 million during the year ended 
December 31,  2014.  The  increase  in  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  investments  from  the  prior  year  is  primarily  attributable  to 
significant operating cash flows, coupled with  $4.7 million in proceeds from the Company's employee stock purchase plan and 
stock option exercises, which funded our capital expenditures of $17.1 million.  

We have funded our operations to date primarily through the issuance of equity securities (in conjunction with an initial public 
offering in 2000, subsequent option exercises, and our follow-on public offering in 2008) and cash generated from operations.  Our 
cash reserves are held directly or indirectly in a variety of short-term, interest-bearing instruments, including non-government 
sponsored debt securities.   We do not have any investments in asset-backed commercial paper, auction rate securities, or mortgage 
backed or sub-prime style investments.

Cash provided by operations was $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared with cash provided by 
operations of $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Cash used in investing activities was $28.5 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2014 as compared with cash provided by investing activities of $2.7 million for 2013.  The change in 
cash flows of investing activities was primarily attributable to the $9.5 million in proceeds received from the sale of our minority 
interest investment in a private company in the prior year and a decrease in the net sales of our available-for-sale securities of 
$14.6 million.  Currently, exclusive of changes in available-for-sale securities, we expect cash used in investing activities to be 
primarily for purchases of property and equipment, additional cost-method investments and continued strategic investments or 
acquisitions.

Cash provided by financing activities increased to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from cash used in 
financing activities of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily attributable to a decrease in stock repurchases 
of $14.6 million, partially offset by decreases of $3.9 million in proceeds from the Company's employee stock purchase plan and 
stock option exercises and of $2.3 million in  excess income tax benefit from employee stock-based awards of in 2014 as compared 
to 2013.

Our future capital requirements will depend on a number of factors, including our success in developing and expanding 
markets  for  our  products,  payments  under  possible  future  strategic  arrangements,  continued  progress  of  our  research  and 
development of potential products, the timing and outcome of regulatory approvals, the need to acquire licenses to new technology, 
costs associated with strategic acquisitions including integration costs and assumed liabilities, the status of competitive products, 
loss of a significant portion of our revenue stream, and potential costs associated with both protecting and defending our intellectual 
property.  Additionally, actions taken as a result of the appointment of our new CEO and his ongoing internal evaluation of our 
business could result in expenditures not currently contemplated in our estimates for 2015.  

During 2015, we expect a contraction of approximately $10 million in consumable sales as the result of transient inventory 
challenges that our largest bulk purchasing partner is experiencing.  We expect this lower level of purchasing to continue over the 
next several years.  Additionally, certain genetic testing assay products revenue from our largest customer is under significant 
pressure from competing technologies and, although timing is uncertain, a loss of a significant portion of that revenue is expected 
within the next twelve months.

52

 
 
 
One of the short term significant capital requirements is the completion of our current in-process research and development 
project related to our acquisition of GenturaDx, the foundation of our ARIES System, which is scheduled to be completed with 
initial commercialization in 2015.  The estimated aggregate cost to complete this project is between $2.0 million and $4.0 million.   
We believe, however, that our existing cash and cash equivalents are sufficient to fund our operating expenses, capital equipment 
requirements and other expected ordinary course liquidity requirements for the coming twelve months.  Factors that could affect 
our capital requirements, in addition to those listed above include: (i) continued collections of accounts receivable consistent with 
our historical experience, (ii) our ability to manage our inventory levels consistent with past practices, (iii) signing partnership 
agreements which include significant up front license fees, (iv) our stock repurchase program from time to time and (v) entering 
into strategic investment or acquisition agreements requiring significant cash consideration.  See also the “Safe Harbor Cautionary 
Statement” and Item 1A “Risk Factors” above.

To the extent our capital resources are insufficient to meet future capital requirements we will have to raise additional funds 
to continue the development and deployment of our technologies, or to supplement our position through strategic acquisitions. 
There can be no assurance that debt or equity funds will be available on favorable terms, if at all.  Any downgrade in our credit 
rating could adversely affect our ability to raise debt capital on favorable terms, or at all.   To the extent that additional capital is 
raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of those securities could result in dilution to our 
stockholders. Moreover, incurring debt financing could result in a substantial portion of our operating cash flow being dedicated 
to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness, could render us more vulnerable to competitive pressures and 
economic downturns and could impose restrictions on our operations. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to 
curtail operations significantly or to obtain funds through entering into agreements on unattractive terms. 

Debt

In May 2014, the Company repaid all of its outstanding debt.  See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a 

discussion on long-term debt.  

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $24.2 million in non-cancellable obligations for the next 12 months.  These 
obligations are included in our estimated cash usage during 2015.  The following table reflects our total current non-cancellable 
obligations by period as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations

Non-cancellable rental obligations
Non-cancellable purchase obligations (1)
Capital lease obligations
Minimum royalty commitments (2)
Consulting Agreement with Patrick J. Balthrop, Sr.

Insurance premiums
Total (3)

Payment Due By Period

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More Than
5 Years

$

24,452

$

4,283

$

8,122

$

7,137

$

4,910

20,087

1,015

207
233

636

18,678

327

25
233

636

559

426

40
—

—

450

262

29
—

—

400

—

113
—

—

$

46,630

$

24,182

$

9,147

$

7,878

$

5,423

(1)  Purchase obligations predominantly relate to contractual arrangements in the form of purchase orders primarily as a 
result of normal inventory purchases or minimum payments due resulting when minimum purchase commitments are 
not met as well as other operating commitments.

(2)  Amounts represent minimum royalties due on net sales of products incorporating licensed technology and subject to 

a minimum annual royalty payment.

(3)  Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with Luminex’s unrecognized tax 
benefits at December 31, 2014, Luminex is unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of cash settlement 
with the respective taxing authority. Therefore, $2.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits have been excluded from the 
contractual obligations table above.  See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion on income 
taxes.  

53

 
 
 
Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a direct adverse effect on our operations to date.  However, a substantial increase in 
product and manufacturing costs and personnel related expenses could have an adverse impact on our results of operations in the 
event these expenses increase at a faster pace than we can increase our system, consumable and royalty revenue rates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2014, the FASB amended guidance to clarify the accounting for disposals of groups of assets and business units.   The 
amendments alter the definition of a discontinued operation to cover only asset disposals that are a strategic shift with a major 
effect on an entity's operations and finances.  For the Company, the changes should be applied in fiscal years that start on December 
15, 2014, or later, but the changes can be applied ahead of the effective date for asset disposals that have not been reported in a 
set of financial statements.  Management applied this new guidance for the automated punching group and the related closure of 
the Brisbane, Australia manufacturing facility in the third quarter of 2014.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard on revenue recognition which outlines a single comprehensive model to use 
in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue  recognition  guidance, 
including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict 
the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to 
be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is designed to create greater comparability for financial statement 
users across industries and jurisdictions and also requires enhanced disclosures. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and 
interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating 
the impact of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk.  Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of domestic interest rates, particularly since 
our investments are in long-term instruments available-for-sale. A 50 basis point fluctuation from average investment returns at 
December 31, 2014 would yield a less than 0.5% variance in overall investment return, which would not have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition.

Foreign Currency Risk. Our international business is subject to risks, including, but not limited to: foreign exchange rate 
volatility,  differing  tax  structures,  unique  economic  conditions,  other  regulations  and  restrictions,  and  changes  in  political 
climate.  Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely impacted by changes in these and other factors.

As of December 31, 2014, as a result of our foreign operations, we have costs, assets and liabilities that are denominated in 
foreign currencies, primarily Canadian dollars and to a lesser extent the Euro, Renminbi, and Yen. For example, some fixed asset 
purchases and certain expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars while sales of products are primarily denominated in U.S. 
dollars.  All  transactions  in  our  Netherlands  and  Japanese  subsidiaries  are  denominated  in  Euros  and Yen,  respectively. All 
transactions, with the exception of our initial capital investment, in our Chinese subsidiary are denominated in Renminbi.  As a 
consequence, movements in exchange rates could cause our foreign currency denominated expenses to fluctuate as a percentage 
of net revenue, affecting our profitability and cash flows. A significant majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. 
The impact of foreign exchange on foreign denominated balances will vary in relation to changes between the U.S. dollar, Canadian 
dollar, Euro, Yen, and Renminbi exchange rates. A 10% change in these exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar would result 
in an income statement impact of approximately $496,000 on foreign currency denominated asset and liability balances as of 
December 31, 2014. As a result of our efforts to expand globally, in the future we will be exposed to additional foreign currency 
risk in multiple currencies; however, at this time, our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is not currently material.  We 
regularly assess the market to determine if additional strategies are appropriate to mitigate future risks.

In addition, the indirect effect of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates could have a material 
adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations. For example, currency exchange rate fluctuations 
could affect international demand for our products. In addition, interest rate fluctuations could affect our customers’ buying patterns. 
Furthermore, interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations may broadly influence the United States and foreign economies 
resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  As a result, we cannot give 
any assurance as to the effect that future changes in foreign currency rates will have on our consolidated financial position, results 
of  operations  or  cash  flows.  Our  aggregate  foreign  currency  transaction  loss  of  $16,000  was  included  in  determining  our 
consolidated results for the year ended December 31, 2014.

54

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

PAGE

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Luminex Corporation

We have audited Luminex Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Luminex Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 In our opinion, Luminex Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of Luminex Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements 
of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 
of Luminex Corporation and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
February 25, 2015

56

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Luminex Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Luminex Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 
and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position 
of Luminex Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Luminex Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (1992 
framework) and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas 
February 25, 2015

57

 
 
LUMINEX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,357 and $4,579 at
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)
Inventories, net
Deferred income taxes
Prepaids and other
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Deferred income taxes
Long-term investments
Goodwill
Other
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue
Current portion of long-term debt
Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Deferred revenue
Other
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity:

Common stock, $.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding:
41,805,962 shares at December 31, 2014; 41,133,653 shares at December 31, 2013
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
outstanding
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

As of December 31,
2013
2014

$

$

91,694
—

67,924
4,517

29,095
36,616
12,203
7,412
177,020
39,945
56,382
15,400
15,975
49,619
3,185
357,526

11,841
14,118
4,407
—
30,366
—
2,297
4,869
37,532

$

$

30,948
30,487
7,265
5,229
146,370
32,793
60,295
11,913
—
50,738
3,937
306,046

10,698
11,624
4,980
1,194
28,496
463
2,482
4,985
36,426

42

41

—
309,424
(744)
11,272
319,994
357,526

$

—
296,931
419
(27,771)
269,620
306,046

$

$

$

See the accompanying notes which are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUMINEX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Restructuring costs
Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest expense on long-term debt
Other income (expense), net

Income before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Foreign currency translation adjustments
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

Other comprehensive (loss) income
Comprehensive income
Net income per share, basic
Shares used in computing net income per share, basic
Net income per share, diluted
Shares used in computing net income per share, diluted

$

$

$
$

$

Year Ended December 31,
2013
213,423
69,797
143,626

2014
226,983
67,131
159,852

$

$

2012
202,582
60,008
142,574

43,135
82,785
3,913
1,882
131,715
28,137
(6)
(46)
28,085
10,958
39,043

(1,146)
(17)
(1,163)
37,880
0.94
41,558
0.93
42,156

$

$
$

$

45,041
87,301
4,099
2,418
138,859
4,767
(76)
6,733
11,424
(4,328)
7,096

(681)
(1)
(682)
6,414
0.17
40,799
0.17
41,986

$

$
$

$

42,989
72,626
4,243
—
119,858
22,716
(198)
262
22,780
(10,373)
12,407

144
(27)
117
12,524
0.30
40,927
0.30
41,884

See the accompanying notes which are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

 
 
 
 
 
LUMINEX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Excess income tax benefit from employee stock-based awards
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
Non-cash restructuring charges
Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories, net
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue

Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of available-for-sale securities
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities
Purchases of property and equipment
Business acquisition consideration, net of cash acquired
Purchase of cost-method investment
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments
Acquired technology rights

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:

Payments on debt
Proceeds from employee stock plans and issuance of common stock
Payments for stock repurchases
Excess income tax benefit from employee stock-based awards

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate on cash
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

$

39,043

$

7,096

$

12,407

14,205
9,548
(8,549)
(287)
181
2,836
(347)

1,964
(7,046)
(2,888)
841
564
(814)
49,251

(18,999)
7,509
(17,078)
—
—
98
(64)
(28,534)

(1,621)
4,746
—
287
3,412
(359)
23,770
67,924
91,694

$

15,922
9,221
551
(2,569)
(5,173)
4,137
(1,209)

2,346
(3,005)
(1,470)
962
(324)
417
26,902

(10,005)
22,128
(18,088)
—
—
9,598
(930)
2,703

(1,105)
8,677
(14,556)
2,569
(4,415)
(55)
25,135
42,789
67,924

$

14,364
9,915
2,699
(6,457)
—
—
1,157

(10,267)
(5,346)
(617)
3,286
3,463
(321)
24,283

(14,987)
47,117
(9,767)
(48,199)
(1,000)
—
(1,592)
(28,428)

(1,025)
4,022
(20,916)
6,457
(11,462)
114
(15,493)
58,282
42,789

See the accompanying notes which are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUMINEX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)

Balance at December 31, 2011
Exercise of stock options
Issuances of restricted stock, net of
shares withheld for taxes
Stock compensation
Repurchase and retirement of
common stock

Issuance of common shares under
ESPP
Net income
Tax benefits associated with options

Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Other
Balance at December 31, 2012
Exercise of stock options
Issuances of restricted stock, net of
shares withheld for taxes
Stock compensation
Repurchase and retirement of
common stock

Issuance of common shares under
ESPP
Net income
Tax benefits associated with options
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Other
Balance at December 31, 2013
Exercise of stock options
Issuances of restricted stock, net of
shares withheld for taxes
Stock compensation
Issuance of common shares under
ESPP
Net income
Tax benefits associated with options
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
Other
Balance at December 31, 2014

(1,006,303)

(1)

(20,915)

Common Stock

Number of
Shares
40,968,957
486,766

340,216
—

Amount

$

41
1

—
—

35,296
—
—

—
—
40,824,932
834,581

$

264,555
—

—
—
—

—
—
41
1

—
—

71,226
—
—

—
(9,158)
41,133,653
346,053

$

251,377
—

74,879
—
—

—
—
41,805,962

$

—
—
—

—
—
41
1

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
42

Additional
Paid-In
Capital
297,104
3,516

$

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
984
$
—

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

$

(47,274) $
—

Total
Stockholders'
Equity
250,855
3,517

—
—
293,392
7,561

$

$

144
(27)
1,101
—

$

—
—
(34,867) $
—

(3,189)
9,915

504
—
6,457

(2,352)
9,214

1,102
—
2,569

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—

—

—
12,407
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—

—

—
7,096
—

(3,189)
9,915

(20,916)

504
12,407
6,457

144
(27)
259,667
7,562

(2,352)
9,214

(14,556)

1,102
7,096
2,569

—
—
296,931
3,645

$

$

(681)
(1)
419
—

$

—
—
(27,771) $
—

(681)
(1)
269,620
3,646

(2,093)
9,544

1,110
—
287

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
309,424

$

$

(1,146)
(17)
(744) $

—
—

—
39,043
—

—
—
11,272

(2,093)
9,544

1,110
39,043
287

(1,146)
(17)
319,994

$

(852,483)

(1)

(14,555)

 See the accompanying notes which are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
LUMINEX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

Luminex  Corporation,  the  “Company”  or  “Luminex,”  develops,  manufactures  and  sells  proprietary  biological  testing 
technologies  and  products  with  applications  throughout  the  life  sciences  and  diagnostics  industries.  The  Company’s  xMAP 
technology, an open architecture, multiplexing technology, allows the Luminex systems to simultaneously perform up to 500 
bioassays from a small sample volume, typically a single drop of fluid, by reading biological tests on the surface of microscopic 
polystyrene beads called microspheres. xMAP technology combines this miniaturized liquid array bioassay capability with small 
lasers, LEDs, digital signal processors and proprietary software to create a system offering advantages in speed, precision, flexibility 
and cost. The Company’s xMAP technology is currently being used within various segments of the life sciences industry which 
includes the fields of drug discovery and development, and for clinical diagnostics, genetic analysis, bio-defense, food safety and 
biomedical  research.  In  addition  to  the  Company's  xMAP  technology,  its  other  offerings  include  its  proprietary  MultiCode 
technology, used for real-time PCR and multiplexed PCR assays.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant 

intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

The  acquisition  of  GenturaDx  was  completed  on  July  11,  2012;  therefore  the  results  of  operations  of  GenturaDx  in  the 

Company’s consolidated financial statements only include GenturaDx’s results since that date.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts and results 
could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 

less when purchased.

Investments

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt and equity securities at the time of purchase 
and reevaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date.  Marketable securities that are bought and held principally for the 
purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains 
and losses recognized in earnings.  Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent 
and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair 
value of these investments.   Debt securities for which the Company does not have the intent or ability to hold to maturity are 
classified as available-for-sale. Debt and marketable equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity or as trading are classified 
as available-for-sale, and are carried at fair market value, with the unrealized gains and losses included in the determination of 
comprehensive income and reported in stockholders’ equity.  Marketable securities are recorded as either short-term or long-term 
on the balance sheet based on contractual maturity date.  The fair value of all securities is determined by obtaining non-binding 
market prices from the Company's third-party portfolio managers on the last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly in 
determining fair value.  Declines in fair value below the Company’s carrying value deemed to be other than temporary are charged 
against net earnings.

62

 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of financial instruments are determined by obtaining non-binding market prices from its third-party portfolio 
managers on the last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or inputs other 
than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly in determining fair value. The Company’s financial instruments 
include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, cost-method investments, long-term investments, 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities.  The fair values of these financial instruments were not materially different from their 
carrying or contract values at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  See Note 7 for further details concerning fair value measurements.

Supplemental Cash Flow Statement Information (in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

Cash paid during the period for taxes
Cash paid during the period for interest and penalties
Effect of acquisitions:

Fair value of tangible assets acquired
Liabilities assumed
Cost in excess of fair value of assets acquired
Deferred tax assets, net
In-process research and development

Less accrued contingent consideration
Less cash and cash equivalents acquired
Net cash paid for business acquisition

Concentration of Credit Risk

$

$

$

$

1,193
157

$

1,284
124

761
171

— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

1,682
(1,954)
8,292
2,526
40,100
50,646
1,370
1,077
48,199

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of short-term and long-
term  investments  and  trade  receivables. The  Company’s  short-term  investments  consist  of  investments  in  high  credit  quality 
financial institutions, non-government sponsored debt securities and corporate issuers.

The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to a number of its customers geographically dispersed primarily 
throughout the U.S. The Company attempts to limit its credit risk by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and 
maintaining adequate allowances for potential credit losses and does not require collateral.

Laboratory Corporation of America (LabCorp) accounted for 21%, 18% and 19% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.  Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. accounted for 17%, 17% and 24% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively.  Bio-Rad  Laboratories,  Inc.  accounted  for  7%,  9%  and  8%  of  our  total  revenues  in  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively.  No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues in 2014, 2013 or 2012. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories

Inventories, consisting primarily of raw materials and purchased components, are stated at the lower of cost or market, with 
cost determined according to the standard cost method, which approximates the first-in, first-out method.  As a developer and 
manufacturer of high technology medical equipment, the Company may be exposed to a number of economic and industry factors 
that could result in portions of inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage. These factors include, but 
are not limited to, technological changes in the Company's markets, ability to meet changing customer requirements, competitive 
pressures on products and prices, and reliability and replacement of and the availability of key components from suppliers. The 
Company's policy is to establish inventory reserves when conditions exist that suggest that inventory may be in excess of anticipated 
demand or is obsolete based upon the Company's assumptions about future demand for products and market conditions. The 
Company regularly evaluates the ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: 
historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, product expiration or end of life dates, estimated current and future market values 
and new product introductions.  Assumptions used in determining the Company's estimates of future product demand may prove 
to be incorrect, in which case the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory would have to be adjusted. If inventory is 
determined to be overvalued, excess or obsolete, the Company would be required to record impairment charges within cost of 
goods sold at the time of such determination. Although considerable effort is made to ensure the accuracy of forecasts of future 
product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or expected usage could have a significant negative impact on 
the value of inventory and the Company's operating results. When recorded, reserves are intended to reduce the carrying value of 
inventory to its net realizable value. 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated amounts for amortization and depreciation. Property and equipment 
are typically amortized or depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets, which range from two to seven 
years. Leasehold improvements and equipment under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the 
remaining term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvements and equipment.  The Company classifies the carrying 
value of Luminex xMAP Instruments placed within the reagent rental program and the instruments on loan to customers in property 
and equipment as "Assets on loan/rental."

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of the assets of the acquired business.  In accordance with 
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350 “Goodwill and Other” (ASC 350), goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least 
annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, on a reporting unit level.  As of 
October 1, 2014, all of the Company's goodwill related to one reporting unit, the Company's previous ARP segment, for goodwill 
impairment testing.  As the change to one reporting segment was made after October 1, 2014, management performed the analysis 
on goodwill under the ARP segment as of October 1, 2014.  The Company has historically estimated the fair value of our previous 
ARP segment reporting unit using a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis (“step one” analysis) of the Company’s projected future 
results.  In 2012, the Company applied the accounting guidance which allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine 
if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount (“step zero” analysis).  In performing 
the impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013 and 2014, the Company used the "step one" analysis.  This analysis requires a 
comparison of the carrying value of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.  Determining the fair value 
of goodwill is subjective in nature and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions.  The Company's annual test did not 
result in an impairment charge in 2014 as the estimated fair value of the ARP segment reporting unit continued to exceed the 
carrying value by a significant enough amount such that any reasonably likely change in the assumptions used in the analysis 
would not cause the carrying value to exceed the estimated fair value for the reporting unit as determined under our "step one" 
analysis.  No goodwill impairments were recorded in 2014, 2013 or 2012.  

The Company utilizes the income approach based on a DCF analysis to determine fair value estimates, and then uses market 
comparisons as a reasonability check to ensure that neither the income approach nor the market comparisons yielded significantly 
different results. The income approach calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting 
unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  The Company's estimates 
are based on revenue projections by product line, and include judgment based on historical growth and scheduled product approvals 
by the various governmental authorities.  The Company believes its assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used 
to manage the underlying businesses. The most significant assumptions used in the DCF methodology are the discount rate, based 
upon the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC), and the terminal growth rate, based upon strategic studies the 
Company commissioned and the Company's internal analysis.  

64

The Company used the following rates in 2014:

Assumptions

WACC

Terminal Growth Rate

2014

14.5%

2.9%

To determine the Company's WACC rate, management performed a peer company analysis and considered the weighted 
average  return  on  debt  and  equity,  the  updated  risk-free  interest  rate,  beta,  equity  risk  premium,  and  entity  specific  size  risk 
premium.  The Company's analysis yielded an estimated fair value in excess of the carrying value by over 25% for 2014.

Concurrent with the above analysis, management performed a sensitivity analysis based upon reasonably likely changes to 
determine if the DCF analysis would result in impairment if the following changes were made to management's assumptions:  i) 
assumed the fair value of the reporting unit was lower by 10% or  ii) future revenue was 75% of the Company's projections in the 
DCF model.  Neither of these sensitivity analyses resulted in an estimated fair value less than the carrying amount of the reporting 
unit.

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 15 years.   
As a result of the acquisition of GenturaDx in July 2012, the Company acquired in process research and development of $40.1 
million.  In-process research and development will be an indefinite-lived intangible asset until completion or abandonment at 
which point it will be accounted for as a finite-lived intangible asset or written off if abandoned.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. When such factors and circumstances exist, the Company compares the 
projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives 
against their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of 
those assets and is recorded in the period in which the determination was made.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Revenue is generated primarily from the sale of the Company’s products and related services, which are primarily support 
and maintenance services on the Company's systems.  The Company recognizes product revenue at the time the product is shipped 
provided there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, no right of return exists, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability 
is probable.  There is no customer right of return in the Company’s sales agreements.  If the criteria for revenue recognition are 
not met at the time of shipment, the revenue is deferred until all criteria are met.

The Company regularly enters into arrangements for system sales that are multiple-element arrangements, including services 
such as installation and training, and multiple products.   These products or services are primarily delivered within a short time 
frame, approximately three to six months, of the agreement execution date and can also be performed by one of the Company’s 
third-party partners.  Based on the terms and conditions of the sale, management believes that these services can be accounted for 
separately from the delivered system as the delivered products have value to customers on a stand-alone basis.  Items are considered 
to have stand-alone value when they are sold separately by any vendor or when the customer could resell the item on a stand-
alone basis.   Accordingly, the estimated selling price of services or products not yet performed or delivered at the time of system 
shipment are deferred and recognized as revenue as such services are performed.  The Company has typically been able to determine 
the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple-element arrangement based on the price for such deliverable when it is sold 
separately.  If vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) is not determinable and when third-party evidence is not available, 
management uses the estimated selling price of a deliverable which is determined based upon the Company’s pricing policies, 
expected margin of the deliverable, geographical location and information gathered from customer negotiations.

The Company provides systems and certain other hardware to customers through reagent rental agreements under which the 
customers commit to purchasing minimum quantities of disposable products at a stated price over a defined contract term, which 
is normally two to three years.  Instead of rental payments, the Company recovers the cost of providing the system and other 
hardware in the amount charged for diagnostic assays and other disposables.  Revenue is recognized over the defined contract 
term as assays and other disposable products are shipped.  The depreciation costs associated with the system and other hardware 
are charged to cost of sales on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the system.  The costs to maintain these instruments 
in the field are charged to cost of sales as incurred.  

65

 
Revenue from extended service agreements is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  The Company 
may also be entitled to milestone payments that are contingent upon achieving a predefined objective.  The Company follows the 
milestone method of recognizing revenue from milestones and milestone payments are recorded as revenue in full upon achievement 
of the milestone.  Revenues from royalties related to agreements with strategic partners are recognized when such amounts are 
reported to the Company; therefore, the underlying end user sales may be related to prior periods.

Additional revenue is derived from cost-type contracts with the U.S. government. Revenue and profit under cost-plus service 
contracts is recognized as costs are incurred plus negotiated fees. Fixed fees on cost-plus service contracts are recognized ratably 
over  the  contract  performance  period  as  services  are  performed.  Contract  costs  include  labor  and  related  employee  benefits, 
subcontracting costs and other direct costs, as well as allocations of allowable indirect costs. For contract change orders, claims 
or similar items, judgment is required for estimating the amounts, assessing the potential for realization, and determining whether 
realization is probable. From time to time, facts develop that require revisions of revenue recognized or cost estimates. To the 
extent that a revised estimate affects the current or an earlier period, the cumulative effect of the revision is recognized in the 
period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. Reimbursements of certain costs, including certain hardware costs 
or out-of-pocket expenses are included in revenue with corresponding costs included in cost of revenue as costs are incurred.  

The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful 
accounts based upon its historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such 
credit losses have historically been within the Company’s expectations, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue 
to experience the same level of credit losses that it has in the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any 
one of the Company’s significant customers, or a deterioration in the economic environment, in general, could have a material 
adverse impact on the collectability of the Company’s accounts receivable and its future operating results, including a reduction 
in future revenues and additional allowances for doubtful accounts.

Product-Related Expenses

The  Company  provides  for  the  estimated  cost  of  initial  product  warranties  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized. While  the 
Company engages in product quality programs and processes, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure 
rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material 
usage  or  service  delivery  costs  differ  from  the  Company’s  estimates,  revisions  to  the  estimated  warranty  liability  would  be 
required.  Shipping and handling costs associated with product sales are included in cost of sales. Advertising costs are charged 
to operations as incurred.  The Company does not have any direct-response advertising.   Advertising expenses, which include 
trade shows and conventions, were approximately $2.3 million, $2.6 million and $2.4 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, 
and were included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred.  Nonrefundable advance payments for research and 
development activities for materials, equipment, facilities, and purchased intangible assets that have an alternative future use are 
deferred and capitalized.  The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.  In 
addition, the Company capitalizes certain internally developed products used for evaluation during development projects that also 
have alternative future uses.  These internally developed assets are generally depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful 
life of the assets, which range from one to two years.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated in accordance with ASC 830, “Foreign Currency 
Matters”. The reporting currency for the Company is the U.S. dollar. With the exception of its Canadian subsidiary, whose functional 
currency is the U.S. dollar, the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Accordingly, 
assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Before translation, 
the Company re-measures foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, including inter-company accounts receivable and 
payable, into the functional currency of the respective entity, resulting in unrealized gains or losses recorded in selling, general 
and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.  Revenues and expenses are translated 
using  average  exchange  rates  during  the  respective  period.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  accumulated  as  a 
component  of  other  comprehensive  income  as  a  separate  component  of  stockholders’  equity.  Gains  and  losses  arising  from 
transactions denominated in foreign currencies are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income and to date have not been material.

66

 
 
Incentive Compensation

Management  incentive  plans  are  tied  to  various  financial  and  non-financial  performance  metrics.  Bonus  accruals  made 
throughout the year related to the various incentive plans are based on management’s best estimate of the achievement of the 
specific metrics. Adjustments to the accruals are made on a quarterly basis as forecasts of performance are updated. At year-end, 
the accruals are adjusted to reflect the actual results achieved.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax balances are adjusted to reflect tax rates based on currently enacted 
tax laws, which will be in effect in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse.  The effect on deferred 
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period of the enactment date.  A 
valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that those 
assets will be realized.

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to stockholders’ equity only when 
realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, the Company 
follows the with-and-without approach excluding any indirect effects of the excess tax deductions. Under this approach, excess 
tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits 
available to the Company.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” which clarifies the accounting 
for uncertainty in tax positions. These provisions require recognition of the impact of a tax position in the Company’s financial 
statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the 
technical merits of the position. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions will be reflected as a component of 
income tax expense.

Earnings Per Share

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the 
weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares from outstanding stock options, restricted stock units 
and contingently issuable shares resulting from an award subject to performance or market conditions determined by applying the 
treasury stock method. In periods with a net loss, potentially dilutive securities composed of incremental common shares issuable 
upon the exercise of stock options and warrants, and common shares issuable on conversion of preferred stock, would be excluded 
from historical diluted loss per share because of their anti-dilutive effect.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement 
provisions of ASC 718 “Stock Compensation” (ASC 718).  ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a 
fair-value based method, for costs related to all share-based payments including stock options, restricted stock units and shares 
issued under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. Pursuant to ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at 
the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period.

Segment Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, the Company evaluated its historical 
reporting segments: the technology and strategic partnerships (TSP) segment and the assays and related products (ARP) segment.  
As a result of this evaluation and based upon how the new Chief Executive Officer as Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) 
and the Company's management team collectively is managing its business, management determined that the two former segments 
have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate representation of the Company's current business 
when reported separately.  Additionally, management has taken actions to consolidate sales and service functions.  Effective with 
the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company no longer has two operating segments and, accordingly, will present the Company's 
business as one operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated to conform 
to the current periods' presentation.   See Note 19 – Segment and Geographic Information.

67

 
NOTE 2 — RESTRUCTURING

In August 2013, the Company announced a restructuring plan focused on its Newborn Screening Group and its Brisbane, 
Australia office where automated punching systems were designed and manufactured.  The Company halted development of the 
newborn screening assay in 2013.  In the first quarter of 2014, management determined that it would close the manufacturing 
facility in Brisbane, Australia and the facility was closed in the third quarter of 2014.  The Company reviewed the requirements 
for held-for-sale and discontinued operations presentation and determined the manufacturing facility in Brisbane, Australia did 
not meet the altered definition of a discontinued operation under the amended accounting guidance as it was not a strategic shift 
with a major effect on the Company's operations and finances.  Management has applied this new guidance for the facility in 
Brisbane, Australia.

The  Company  has  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges  primarily  consisting  of  the  non-cash  impairment  of  inventory, 
intangible assets, property and equipment, together with employee separation costs.   The Company measured and accrued the 
liabilities associated with employee separation costs at fair value as of the date the plan was announced and terminations were 
communicated to employees, which primarily included severance pay and other separation costs such as outplacement services 
and benefits.  As a result of the organizational change, the Company eliminated approximately 5% of its aggregate workforce.  In 
conjunction with the restructuring plan, the Company evaluated its tangible and intangible assets for estimated impairment and 
recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.1 million in 2013 and a further impairment of $2.8 million in 2014, including a write-
down of goodwill of $1.2 million resulting from the disposal of the manufacturing facility in Brisbane, Australia.  The Company 
determined the fair value of the assets based upon prices for similar assets.  The amount of goodwill the Company included in the 
carrying amount of the disposed manufacturing facility in Brisbane, Australia was based upon the relative fair value of that business 
compared to the portion of the reporting unit that was retained.  See Note 9 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  Pretax loss 
related to the Brisbane, Australia facility was $2.8 million, $3.9 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company measured and accrued the facilities exit costs at fair value upon the Company's exit in the third quarter of 

2014.  Facilities exit costs primarily consist of cease-use losses recorded upon vacating the facilities.  

2013 Restructuring Plan

Non-cash impairment charges:

Inventory

Property and equipment

Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Employee separation costs

Facility exit costs

Other

Total charges

Recorded to cost of revenue

Recorded to restructuring costs

Rollforward of Accrued Restructuring

Balance at beginning of year

Total charges

Non-cash impairment charges

Employee separation payments

Facility exit costs

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

Balance at end of period

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

2014

2013

1,183

$

494

—

1,159

154

69

41

3,100

1,218

1,882

$

$

2,326

1,110

700

—

783

—

50

4,969

2,551

2,418

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

128

$

3,100
(2,836)
(286)
(69)
(37)
— $

—

4,969
(4,136)
(655)
—
(50)
128

$

$

$

$

$

68

NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

2012 Acquisition

On  July  11,  2012,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  GenturaDx,  Inc.,  a  British Virgin  Islands  corporation  with 
operations in Hayward, California (GenturaDx).  GenturaDx was a molecular diagnostics company in late stage development of 
a fully integrated, highly automated, real-time polymerase chain reaction (PCR) system that employs a single-use cassette for 
sample-to-answer workflow.  Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital 
stock of GenturaDx in exchange for approximately $49.3 million cash consideration, subject to working capital adjustments, plus 
(i) $3.0 million in consideration contingent upon achieving certain future development and regulatory milestones by December 
31, 2013, (ii) up to $7.0 million in consideration contingent upon achieving certain future development and regulatory milestones 
by June 30, 2014 and (iii) additional consideration contingent upon acquired products exceeding certain revenue thresholds in 
each of 2013, 2014 and 2015.  No additional amounts have been paid or are expected to be paid related to the contingent consideration 
and our original contingent consideration liability estimate of $1.4 million adjusted to $0 in 2013 as a component of other income, 
net based on changes in the fair value of the liability resulting from changes in the assumptions pertaining to the achievement of 
the defined milestones and revenue thresholds. 

Of the approximately $8.1 million related to the GenturaDx acquisition that was deposited in escrow as security for potential 
indemnity claims and certain other expressly enumerated matters, approximately $5.0 million remains in escrow as of December 31, 
2014.  The Company's acquisition of GenturaDx was funded with cash on hand.  The results of operations for GenturaDx have 
been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. 

The purchase price consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Cash

Contingent consideration

Total purchase price

$

$

49,276

1,370

50,646

The acquisition of GenturaDx has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805 and, as such, 
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values. The determination of fair value for 
the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires extensive use of estimates and assumptions. 
Significant estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to estimating future cash flows and determining the appropriate 
discount rate. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of GenturaDx’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed at 
the acquisition date (in thousands): 

Net tangible liabilities assumed as of July 11, 2012
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Deferred tax assets, net
Goodwill
Total purchase price

$

$

(272)
40,100
2,526
8,292
50,646

The $40.1 million of intangible assets subject to amortization have been identified as in-process research and development 
(IPR&D)  that  had  not  yet  reached  technological  feasibility  as  of  the  acquisition  date.   Technological  feasibility  is  primarily 
established by obtaining regulatory approval to perform certain diagnostic testing on the Company's systems.  The IPR&D project 
relates to GenturaDx's diagnostic testing prototype system designed to run sample-to-answer cassettes in clinical settings and the 
related cassette design.  This project, renamed ARIES, is expected to be completed in 2015.  The fair value of the IPR&D has 
been estimated using the multi-period excess earnings method, a form of the income approach and cash flow projections were 
discounted using a rate of 29.5%, which reflects the risk associated with the intangible asset related to the other assets and the 
overall business operations of the Company.   

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired was 
recorded to goodwill.  The goodwill recognized is mainly attributable to the compatibility between the Company's MultiCode-
RTx chemistry and the prototype system and the expectation that the system together with the Company's MultiCode-RTx chemistry 
will allow the Company to leverage years of previous assay development and make custom assay development accessible to a 
greater number of diagnostic labs, even those with little molecular diagnostics experience.  

69

Acquisition related costs of $4.3 million have been included in selling, general and administrative costs for 2012.   GenturaDx 
had no revenue and operating loss of $7.9 million from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2012, including the impact of the 
acquisition costs.   In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company ceased using the Hayward, California facility, whose operating 
lease commitment, which ends in August 2015, was acquired under the GenturaDx acquisition in July 2012.  The Company accrued 
a liability based upon the estimated fair value of the costs that will continue to be incurred under the lease, including sublease 
rental income.  The total minimum rentals the Company is expected to receive under the non-cancellable sublease for the Hayward, 
California facility was approximately $350,000 as of December 31, 2014. 

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information 

GenturaDx’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s financial statements since the date of the acquisition. 
The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below assumes that GenturaDx had been acquired at the beginning of 
2012, and includes removal of interest expense on GenturaDx’s debt extinguished at the date of acquisition, removal of acquisition 
costs and the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments. This unaudited pro forma financial information is 
presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have 
resulted had the acquisition been in effect at the beginning of 2012. In addition, the unaudited pro forma financial information is 
not intended to be a projection of future results and does not reflect any operating efficiencies or cost savings that might be 
achievable.

Revenue

Income from operations

Net income

Net income per common share, basic

Shares used in computing net income per common share, basic

Net income per common share, diluted

Shares used in computing net income per common share, diluted

NOTE 4 – INVESTMENTS

Year Ended
December 31, 2012

(unaudited, in
thousands except
per share data)

$

$

$

202,582

16,276

9,118

0.22

40,927

0.22

41,884

Available-for-sale securities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Current:

Money Market funds

Total current securities

Noncurrent:

Government sponsored debt securities
Non-government sponsored debt securities

Total noncurrent securities
Total available-for-sale securities

Amortized Cost

Gains in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Losses in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Estimated Fair Value

$

$

$

3,569
3,569

10,000
6,002
16,002
19,571

$

— $
—

—
—
—
— $

— $
—

(11)
(16)
(27)
(27) $

3,569
3,569

9,989
5,986
15,975
19,544

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

Current:

Money Market funds
Non-government sponsored debt securities

Total current securities

Noncurrent:

Non-government sponsored debt securities

Total noncurrent securities
Total available-for-sale securities

Amortized Cost

Gains in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Losses in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Estimated Fair Value

$

$

46,422
4,517
50,939

—
—
50,939

$

$

— $
—
—

—
—
— $

— $
—
—

—
—
— $

46,422
4,517
50,939

—
—
50,939

      There  were  $0  in  proceeds  from  the  sales  of  available-for-sale  securities  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and 
2013.  Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method and are included 
in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Net unrealized holding losses on available-
for-sale securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income as of December 31, 2014. All of the Company's 
available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 had been in a loss position for less 
than 12 months.

The estimated fair value of available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, was as follows 

(in thousands):

Due in one year or less
Due after one year through two years

Estimated Fair Value
—
$
15,975
15,975

$

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay 

obligations without prepayment penalties.

NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND RESERVES

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon a specific review of all outstanding invoices, known 
collection issues and historical experience. The Company regularly evaluates the collectability of its trade accounts receivables 
and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and its assessment 
of the customer’s current creditworthiness. These estimates are based on specific facts and circumstances of particular orders, 
analysis  of  credit  memo  data  and  other  known  factors.  Accounts  receivable  consisted  of  the  following  at  December  31  (in 
thousands):

Accounts receivable
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

2014

2013

$

$

33,452
(4,357)
29,095

$

$

35,527
(4,579)
30,948

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2011

Increases charged to costs and expenses
Write-offs of uncollectible accounts

Balance at December 31, 2012

Increases charged to costs and expenses
Write-offs of uncollectible accounts

Balance at December 31, 2013

Recoveries charged to costs and expenses
Write-offs of uncollectible accounts

Balance at December 31, 2014

NOTE 6 - INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Parts and supplies
Work-in-progress
Finished goods

$

$

$

$

117
335
(8)
444
4,604
(469)
4,579
(123)
(99)
4,357

2014

2013

$

$

19,354
8,687
8,575
36,616

$

$

19,002
4,747
6,738
30,487

The  Company  has  non-cancellable  purchase  commitments  with  certain  of  its  component  suppliers  in  the  amount  of 
approximately  $20.1  million  at  December 31,  2014.  Should  production  requirements  fall  below  the  level  of  the  Company’s 
commitments, the Company could be required to take delivery of inventory for which it has no immediate need or incur an increased 
cost per unit going forward.

NOTE 7 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles 
and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for 
an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must 
maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The ASC describes a fair value hierarchy 
based on the following three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, of which the first two are considered observable 
and the last unobservable:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets 
or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable 
market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the 

assets or liabilities.

The Company determines the fair value of its investment portfolio assets by obtaining non-binding market prices from its 
third-party portfolio managers on the last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical 
assets  (Level  1  inputs)  or  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  that  are  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly  (Level  2  inputs)  in 
determining fair value.  There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 measurements for the year ended December 31, 
2014.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table represents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value 

on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
Total
Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Assets:

Money Market funds
Government sponsored debt securities
Non-government sponsored debt securities

Assets:

Money Market funds
Non-government sponsored debt securities

$

$

3,569
—
—

$

— $

9,989
5,986

— $
—
—

3,569
9,989
5,986

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
Total
Level 1

Level 3

Level 2

$

46,422
—

— $

4,517

— $
—

46,422
4,517

 The Company records contingent consideration resulting from a business combination at its fair value on the acquisition date.  
The Company determines the fair value of the contingent consideration based primarily on the timing and probability of success 
of clinical events or regulatory approvals, the timing and probability of success of meeting commercial milestones, such as sales 
levels of a specific product, and discount rates.  The contingent consideration liability arose in connection with the GenturaDx 
acquisition.  The Company re-evaluates its assumptions for its contingent consideration fair value determinations each quarter.  
Changes to the fair value of contingent consideration obligations can result from adjustments to discount rates, accretion of the 
discount rates due to the passage of time, changes in our estimates of the likelihood of or timing of achieving any development 
or commercial milestones, changes in the probability of certain clinical events or changes in the assumed probability associated 
with regulatory approval.  As a result of changes in assumptions surrounding the probability of success of meeting the timing of 
commercial milestones contemplated in the GenturaDx acquisition agreement, the Company adjusted the contingent consideration 
liability  related  to  the  GenturaDx  acquisition  to  $0  in  2013. The  assumptions  related  to  determining  the  value  of  contingent 
consideration include a significant amount of judgment, and any changes in the underlying estimates could have a material impact 
on the amount of contingent consideration expense recorded in any given period. 

Changes in the recurring fair value measurements of financial assets and liabilities using significant unobservable inputs 

(Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

Beginning balance

Contingent consideration recorded at acquisition

Fair value adjustments

Ending balance

2014

2013

— $

—

—

— $

1,370

—
(1,370)
—

$

$

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Laboratory equipment
Leasehold improvements
Computer equipment
Purchased software
Furniture and fixtures
Assets on loan/rental
Capital lease equipment

Less: Accumulated depreciation

2014

2013

$

$

33,137
26,119
7,659
20,440
4,754
5,229
1,321
98,659
(58,714)
39,945

$

$

27,519
22,881
7,415
18,843
4,903
4,027
116
85,704
(52,911)
32,793

Depreciation expense was $8.9 million, $10.2 million, and $8.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 

2012, respectively.

NOTE 9 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

On July 11, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of GenturaDx.  As a result, the Company recorded approximately 
$8.3 million of goodwill and approximately $40.1 million of other identifiable intangible assets.  This goodwill is not expected 
to be deductible for tax purposes.  The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the period are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Allocation in disposal of Brisbane, Australia business (See Note 2)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance at end of year

2014

2013

$

$

50,738
(1,159)
40
49,619

$

$

51,128
—
(390)
50,738

The current in process research and development project is scheduled to be completed in 2015.  The estimated costs to complete 

this project are between $2.0 million and $4.0 million.

74

 
 
 
 
The Company’s intangible assets are reflected in the table below (in thousands, except weighted average lives):

Technology,
trade secrets
and know-how

Finite-lived

Customer
lists and
contracts

Other
identifiable
intangible assets

Indefinite-lived

IP R&D

Total

2013

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

30,030

$

Write-off/Impairment

Foreign currency translation
adjustments

Balance at December 31, 2013

Less: accumulated amortization:

Accumulated amortization balance at
December 31, 2012

Amortization expense

Foreign currency translation
adjustments

Accumulated amortization balance at
December 31, 2013

Net balance at December 31, 2013
Weighted average life (in years)

2014

Balance at December 31, 2013

Foreign currency translation
adjustments

Balance at December 31, 2014

Less: accumulated amortization:

Accumulated amortization balance at
December 31, 2013

Amortization expense

Foreign currency translation
adjustments

Accumulated amortization balance at
December 31, 2014
Net balance at December 31, 2014
Weighted average life (in years)

$

$

$

(214)

(140)

29,676

$

7,986
(7)

(27)
7,952

(13,193)

(3,172)

(1,560)
(787)

93

21

(16,272)

$

13,404
10

(2,326)
5,626
11

$

$

1,941
(20)

(41)
1,880

(613)
(140)

38

(715)
1,165
9

$

40,627
(454)

$ 80,584
(695)

(73)
40,100

(281)
79,608

— (15,366)
(4,099)
—

—

152

— (19,313)
$ 60,295

40,100

29,676

$

7,952

$

1,880

$

40,100

$ 79,608

28

29,704

6

7,958

(16,272)

(3,025)

(2,326)
(753)

(28)

(6)

10

1,890

(715)
(135)

(10)

(19,325)
10,379
10

$

(3,085)
4,873
11

$

(860)
1,030
11

$

—

44

40,100

79,652

— (19,313)
(3,913)
—

—

(44)

— (23,270)
$ 56,382

40,100

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter

IPR&D

$

$

3,232
3,100
2,144
1,954
1,954
3,898
16,282
40,100
56,382

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10 — OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

Comprehensive (loss) income represents a measure of all changes in equity that result from recognized transactions and other 
economic events other than those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive (loss) 
income for the Company includes foreign currency translation adjustments and net unrealized holding gains and losses on available-
for-sale investments.

The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 

(in thousands):

Beginning balance, December 31, 2013

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

Ending balance, December 31, 2014

Foreign
Currency
Items

Available for
Sale
Investments

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income Items

$

$

$

419
(1,146)

—
(1,146)

(727) $

— $
(10)

(7)
(17)
(17) $

419
(1,156)

(7)
(1,163)
(744)

The following table presents the tax (expense) benefit allocated to each component of other comprehensive (loss) income 

(in thousands):

Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2014

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale investments

Other comprehensive (loss) income

$

$

NOTE 11 – OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Before Tax

— $

Tax Benefit Net of Tax
(1,146)
(17)
(1,163)

10

10

$

(1,146) $
(27)
(1,173) $

Purchased technology rights (net of accumulated amortization of $3,392 and $3,965 in 2014 and
2013, respectively)
Cost-method investments
Other

Less: Current portion

2014

2013

$

$

1,543
1,000
642
3,185
—
3,185

$

$

2,943
1,000
959
4,902
(965)
3,937

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized amortization expense related to the amortization 
of  purchased  technology  rights  of  approximately  $1,410,000  and  $1,639,000,  respectively.  Future  amortization  expense  is 
estimated to be $392,000 in 2015, $166,000 in 2016, $148,000 in 2017, $102,000 in 2018, $90,000 in 2019 and $645,000 thereafter.

Non-Marketable Securities and Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The Company owns a minority interest in a private company based in the U.S. through its investment of $1.0 million in the 
third quarter of 2012.  This minority interest is included at cost in other long-term assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance 
Sheets as the Company does not have significant influence over the investee as the Company owns less than 20% of the voting 
equity and the investee is not publicly traded.  

76

 
 
 
The Company's other minority interest in a private company was acquired by a third party in July 2013 and, as a result, the 
Company's minority interest in that private company was sold.  The Company realized a gain of $5.4 million on this minority 
interest investment in the third quarter of 2013.

The Company regularly evaluates the carrying value of cost-method investments for impairment and whether any events or 
circumstances are identified that would significantly harm the fair value of the investments. The primary indicators the Company 
utilizes to identify these events and circumstances are the investee's ability to remain in business, such as the investee's liquidity 
and rate of cash use, and the investee’s ability to secure additional funding and the value of that additional funding. In the event 
a decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary, the Company will record an other-than-temporary impairment charge 
in other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  As the inputs utilized for the Company's periodic impairment 
assessment are not based on observable market data, these cost-method investments are classified within Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy.  To determine the fair value of these investments, the Company uses all available financial information related to the 
entities, including information based on recent or pending third-party equity investments in these entities.  In certain instances, a 
cost-method investment's fair value is not estimated as there are no identified events or changes in the circumstances that may 
have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment and to do so would be impractical.   

NOTE 12 - ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

Compensation and employee benefits

Income and other taxes

Warranty costs

Other

2014

2013

$

9,960

$

870

488

2,800

6,619

1,314

721

2,970

$

14,118

$

11,624

Sales of certain of the Company’s systems are subject to a warranty.  System warranties typically extend for a period of twelve 
months from the date of installation or no more than 15 months from the date of shipment.  The Company estimates the amount 
of warranty claims on sold products that may be incurred based on current and historical data.  The actual warranty expense could 
differ from the estimates made by the Company based on product performance.  Warranty expenses are evaluated and adjusted 
periodically.

The following table summarizes the changes in the warranty accrual (in thousands):

Accrued warranty costs at December 31, 2011
Warranty expenses
Accrual for warranty costs
Accrued warranty costs at December 31, 2012
Warranty expenses
Accrual for warranty costs
Accrued warranty costs at December 31, 2013
Warranty expenses
Accrual for warranty costs
Accrued warranty costs at December 31, 2014

$

$

681
(1,119)
1,041
603
(1,150)
1,268
721
(914)
681
488

77

 
NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

The components of income before income taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign
Total

2014

2013

2012

$

$

12,762
15,323
28,085

$

$

20,301
(8,877)
11,424

$

$

28,241
(5,461)
22,780

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations for the years ended December 

31 are as follows (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
Foreign
State
Total current

Deferred:

Federal
Foreign
State
Total deferred

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

2014

2013

2012

$

$

$

2,191
(1,833)
305
663

$

$

(2,471)
(10,329)
1,179
(11,621)
(10,958) $

4,024
406
720
5,150

(381)
(1)
(440)
(822)
4,328

$

$

$

4,158
(129)
928
4,957

3,945
1,179
292
5,416
10,373

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal rate to pretax income as 

follows (in percentages):

Statutory tax rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Permanent items
Effect of foreign operations
Research and incentive tax credit generated
Valuation allowance
Income tax reserves
Deferred charge
Worthless stock deduction
Nontaxable cancellation of debt
Other

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

35.0 %
4.9 %
(1.9)%
(3.0)%
(9.5)%
(39.5)%
(0.4)%
(9.1)%
(6.2)%
(10.7)%
1.4 %
(39.0)%

35.0 %
0.3 %
(4.6)%
3.1 %
(43.0)%
42.6 %
4.9 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
(0.4)%
37.9 %

35.0 %
3.9 %
2.0 %
0.5 %
(7.1)%
11.6 %
0.1 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
(0.5)%
45.5 %

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740 "Income Taxes". Under this 
method,  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  of  differences  between  the  tax  and  financial 
accounting bases of assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period.  Deferred income taxes are based on enacted tax laws 
and  statutory  tax  rates  applicable to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  affect  taxable  income.   A  valuation 
allowance  is  established  when  necessary  to  reduce  deferred  tax  assets  to  the  amounts  expected  to  be  realized.    Significant 
components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Current deferred tax assets

Accrued liabilities and other
Deferred revenue

Gross current deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net current deferred tax assets
Noncurrent deferred tax assets

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
Deferred revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Stock compensation
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Net noncurrent deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Current deferred tax liabilities

Accrued liabilities and other
Total current deferred tax liabilities
Net current deferred tax asset
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization

Stock compensation
Acquired intangibles

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Net noncurrent deferred tax asset
Net deferred tax assets

2014

2013

$

12,220
1,674
13,894
(691)
13,203

47,597
867
8,099
5,231
61,794
(24,321)
37,473

$

7,114
1,820
8,934
(792)
8,142

68,973
927
7,899
4,871
82,670
(49,294)
33,376

(1,000) $
(1,000)
12,203

(877)
(877)
7,265

(21,097)
(50)
(927)
(22,074)
15,399
27,602

$

(19,788)
(53)
(1,622)
(21,463)
11,913
19,178

$

$

$

$

Under ASC 740, the Company can only recognize a deferred tax asset to the extent that it is “more likely than not” that these 
assets will be realized.  In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, all available evidence, both positive and negative, is 
considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.  The Company has 
established a valuation allowance against a portion of its remaining deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that 
certain deferred tax assets will not be realized.  In determining whether deferred tax assets are realizable, the Company considered 
numerous factors including historical profitability, the amount of future taxable income and the existence of taxable temporary 
differences that can be used to realize deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance decreased approximately $25.1 million in 2014 
from 2013 primarily due to our Canadian subsidiary which recorded a partial release to valuation allowances on its net deferred 
tax assets.  Based on our recent history of generating income in Canada and our expectation to continue to generate future income 
in Canada for the next several years, we determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of Canadian deferred tax assets 
would be realized.  

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2014, the Company had gross federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately 
$71.4 million, $49.7 million, and $8.5 million respectively.  These losses expire beginning in 2015, except for $1.3 million of 
losses that have unlimited carryforward periods.  Approximately $19.5 million of the federal net operating loss carryforward is 
attributable to excess employee stock option deductions, the benefit from which will be allocated to additional paid-in capital 
rather than current earnings if subsequently realized.  Federal and state net operating losses of approximately $51.9 million and 
$49.7 million, respectively, were acquired as part of the acquisitions of U.S. companies. These acquired net operating losses are 
subject to annual limitations due to the "change of ownership" provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
and similar state provisions.  The Company has federal, state, and foreign credit carryforwards of approximately $10.7 million, 
$2.2 million, and $12.8 million, respectively.  These credits begin to expire in 2018, except for approximately $4.0 million which 
have an indefinite carryforward period.  Approximately $7.0 million of the federal credits are attributable to excess employee 
stock option deductions, the benefit of which has been allocated to additional paid-in capital rather than current earnings when 
realized.  State credits of approximately $1.1 million were acquired as part of the acquisition of GenturaDx in 2012 and are subject 
to annual limitations due to the "change of ownership" provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar 
California state tax provisions.  In addition, the Company has a gross scientific research and experimental development pool in 
Canada of approximately $54.0 million which has an indefinite carryforward period. 

Undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no 
provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon.  The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of 
the Company's non-US subsidiaries was approximately $1.3 million at December 31, 2014, $0.9 million at December 31, 2013, 
and $1.2 million at December 31, 2012.  Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liabilities on these 
earnings is not practicable at this time because such liability, if any, is dependent upon circumstances existing if and when remittance 
occurs.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recognized an income tax benefit of approximately $3.0 million to record deferred 
charges related to intercompany profits on sales of assets for which the assets had not been disposed of as of December 31, 2014. 
 Taxes due and paid on such intercompany profits are required to be recognized as a prepaid expense tax until the assets are sold 
to a third party.  Approximately $2.5 million of this income tax benefit is attributable to years prior to 2014. The Company has 
concluded that the correction of the error of the prior period amounts is not material to any previously reported periods.

As  of  both  December 31,  2014  and  December 31,  2013,  the  Company  had  recorded  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of 
approximately  $2.3  million.  All  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  December 31,  2014,  if  recognized,  would  impact  the 
effective tax rate.  The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component 
of income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized approximately $31,900 
and $14,000 in tax related interest and penalties, respectively.  Reserves for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2014 and 
2013 are not significant as the Company has net operating loss carryovers.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at end of year

2014

2013

2,333
156
58
(131)
(98)
2,318

$

$

1,760
335
238
—
—
2,333

$

$

As of December 31, 2014, there were no unrecognized tax benefits that the Company expects would change significantly 

over the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations.  In the 
United States and Canada, the statute of limitations with respect to the federal income tax returns for tax years after 2010 are open 
to audit; however, since the Company has net operating losses, the taxing authority has the ability to review tax returns prior to 
the 2010 tax year and make adjustments to these net operating loss carryforwards.  There are numerous other income tax jurisdictions 
for which tax returns are not yet settled, none of which are individually significant.  We are currently under audit in Canada for 
the Company’s scientific research and experimental development pool claims for the 2011 tax year.  Although we do not expect 
a material adjustment, the outcome of the audit is not known at this time.  We are not under audit in any other major taxing 
jurisdictions at this time.

80

NOTE 14 - LONG-TERM DEBT

On December 31, 2013, long-term debt consisted of a loan payable to Technology Partnerships Canada in the amount of $1.6 

million. 

In May 2014, the Company repaid all of its outstanding debt.  In 2014 and 2013, the Company had imputed interest expense 
related to its long-term debt of $6,000 and $48,000, respectively.  The effective interest rate was 3.90% as of December 31, 2013.  At 
December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was approximately $1.5 million.  The Company’s long-term 
debt was classified as a Level 3 instrument. 

NOTE 15 - NET INCOME PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands, except share and per 

share data):

Numerator:

Net income
Denominator:

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

$

39,043

$

7,096

$

12,407

Denominator for basic net income per share - weighted average common stock
outstanding

41,558

40,799

40,927

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options and awards
Denominator for diluted net income per share - weighted average shares
outstanding - diluted

Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

598

1,187

957

42,156
0.94
0.93

$
$

41,986
0.17
0.17

$
$

41,884
0.30
0.30

$
$

Restricted  stock  awards  (RSAs)  and  stock  options  to  acquire  442,000,  381,000,  and  364,000  shares  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were excluded from the computations of diluted earnings per share because the 
effect of including the RSAs and stock options would have been anti-dilutive.

NOTE 16 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series 
and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, 
voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or 
the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the Company’s stockholders.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
there was no preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Stock-Based Compensation

At December 31, 2014, the Company has one stock-based employee compensation plan pursuant to which grants may be 
made: the Second Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan  (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) which was approved at the 
Company’s Annual Meeting on May 25, 2006 and amended at the Company’s Annual Meetings on each of May 21, 2009 and 
May 17, 2012.  No further grants shall be made pursuant to the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”), the 2001 Broad-
Based Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) or the 2006 Management Stock Purchase Plan (the “MSPP”), which was terminated 
effective March 7, 2012.  In addition, at December 31, 2014, the Company has one plan pursuant to which discount purchases 
may be made by the participants in such plan: the Luminex Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), which was 
approved at the Company's Annual Meeting on May 17, 2012.  

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Incentive Plans

Under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan and the 2000 Plan, certain employees, consultants and non-employee directors 
have been granted RSAs, restricted share units (RSUs) and options to purchase shares of common stock.  The options, RSAs, and 
RSUs generally vest in installments over a three to five year period, and the options expire either five or ten years after the date 
of grant.  Under the Equity Incentive Plan, certain employees, directors of, and consultants to the Company are eligible to be 
granted RSAs, RSUs, and options to purchase common stock.  The ESPP provides for the granting of rights to certain employees 
of the Company to defer an elected percentage, up to 15%, of their base salary through the purchase of the Company's common 
stock, discounted by 15%.  As of December 31, 2014, there were approximately 2.6 million shares authorized for future issuance 
under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan and approximately 319,000 shares eligible for purchase pursuant to the terms and 
conditions of the ESPP as more fully described below.

The Equity Incentive Plan, the ESPP and the 2000 Plan are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors.  The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the terms and conditions under which awards will be 
granted from the Equity Incentive Plan, including the number of shares, vesting schedule and term, as applicable. Any option 
award exercise prices, as set forth in the Equity Incentive Plan, will be equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.  Under 
certain circumstances, the Company may repurchase previously granted RSAs and RSUs.

On March 25, 2011, March 7, 2012 and March 19, 2013 the Compensation Committee of the Board adopted the Luminex 
Corporation 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2011 LTIP”), the Luminex Corporation 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (the 
"2012 LTIP"), and the 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "2013 LTIP"), respectively.  Awards under all of the LTIP plans were 
granted by the Compensation Committee in the form of RSUs and are to be treated as Performance Awards under the Equity 
Incentive Plan.  Grants of RSUs under the LTIP plans shall initially be unvested and represent the maximum amount of shares 
that participants may receive under the plan, assuming achievement of the maximum level of performance goals established for 
the grant, and subject to adjustment for certain transactions and other extraordinary or non-recurring events that may affect Luminex 
or its financial performance.   

On March 25, 2011, the Company’s former chief executive officer (CEO) was granted an award for an unvested RSU under 
the 2011 LTIP for up to $2,200,000 worth of shares (grant date fair value) of Luminex common stock, and the Company’s chief 
financial officer (CFO) was granted an award for an unvested RSU under the 2011 LTIP for up to $825,000 worth of shares (grant 
date fair value) of Luminex common stock.  The actual maximum number of shares of 119,304 shares and 44,740 shares for the 
former  CEO  and  CFO,  respectively,  was  determined  on  March  25,  2011,  based  upon  the  closing  price  of  the  stock  on  that 
date.  Performance goals under the grants are based on the following components, with the following weights given to each: 50% 
on the trading price of Luminex common stock at the end of the performance period and 50% on Luminex’s total income from 
operations per diluted share at the end of the performance period.

The 2011 LTIP performance goals are as described below:

• 

• 

Partial or complete achievement of the trading price goal is dependent upon the average closing price of Luminex’s 
common  stock  for  the  twenty  consecutive  trading  days  ending  December 31,  2013,  inclusive,  subject  to  certain 
adjustments as described in the 2011 LTIP. There is a range of trading price targets as follows: a minimum threshold 
of $28.50 per share, a target of $32.38 per share, and a maximum goal of $51.42 per share.  No shares were earned for 
this goal under the 2011 LTIP.

Partial or complete achievement of the income from operations goal is dependent upon the total income from operations 
per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2013, as further described in the 2011 LTIP. Total income from 
operations  means  Luminex’s  income  from  operations  as  reflected  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Comprehensive Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, as further described in the 2011 LTIP. There is a 
range of targets as follows: a minimum threshold of $0.73 per share, a target of $0.81 per share, and a maximum goal 
of  $1.19  per  share.   The  final  determination  and  certification  of  the  shares  earned  for  this  goal  was  made  by  the 
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors on February 26, 2014 resulting in no shares earned for this goal 
under the 2011 LTIP.

82

 
On March 7, 2012, the Company’s former CEO was granted an award for an unvested RSU under the 2012 LTIP for up to 
$2,200,000 worth of shares (grant date fair value) of Luminex common stock, and the Company’s CFO was granted an award for 
an unvested RSU under the 2012 LTIP for up to $550,000 worth of shares (grant date fair value) of Luminex common stock.  The 
actual maximum number of shares of 98,434 shares and 24,608 shares for the former CEO and CFO, respectively, was determined 
on March 7, 2012, based upon the closing price of the stock on that date.  Performance goals under the grants are based on the 
following components, with the following weights given to each: 50% on the trading price of Luminex common stock at the end 
of the performance period and 50% on Luminex’s total income from operations at the end of the performance period.

The 2012 LTIP performance goals are as described below:

• 

• 

Partial or complete achievement of the trading price goal is dependent upon the average closing price of Luminex’s 
common  stock  for  the  twenty  consecutive  trading  days  ending  December 31,  2014,  inclusive,  subject  to  certain 
adjustments as described in the 2012 LTIP. There is a range of trading price targets as follows: a minimum threshold 
of $29.29 per share, a target of $32.54 per share, and a maximum goal of $39.75 per share.  No shares were earned for 
this goal under the 2012 LTIP.

Partial or complete achievement of the total income from operations goal is dependent upon the total income from 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, as further described in the 2012 LTIP. Total income from operations 
means Luminex’s income from operations as reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, as further described in the 2012 LTIP. There is a range of targets 
as follows: a minimum threshold of $58,663,000, a target of $67,286,000, and a maximum goal of $85,831,000.  The 
final determination and certification of the shares earned for this goal will be made by the Compensation Committee 
of the Board of Directors after the filing of this Annual Report on From 10-K, but we expect no shares will be earned 
for this goal under the 2012 LTIP.

On March 19, 2013, the Company’s former CEO was granted an award for an unvested RSU under the 2013 LTIP for up to 
$1,200,000 worth of shares (grant date fair value) of Luminex common stock, and the Company’s CFO was granted an award for 
an unvested RSU under the 2013 LTIP for up to $300,000 worth of shares (grant date fair value) of Luminex common stock.  The 
actual maximum number of shares of 71,727 shares and 17,931 shares for the former CEO and CFO, respectively, was determined 
on March 19, 2013, based upon the closing price of the stock on that date.  The performance goal under the grants is based on 
Luminex’s  fully  diluted  earnings  per  share  at  the  end  of  the  performance  period  (Adjusted  EPS  Goal).    Partial  or  complete 
achievement of the Adjusted EPS Goal is dependent upon Luminex's fully diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 
31, 2015, as further described in the 2013 LTIP.  There is a range of targets as follows: a minimum threshold of $1.06 per share, 
a target of $1.18 per share, and a maximum goal of $1.36 per share.

In the event that a participant achieves less than the maximum level of the performance goal, the total number of shares 
represented by such RSU shall be reduced to reflect where actual performance lies in the range of performance goals and weighted 
aggregate corresponding payout opportunities established for the grant. Calculation of shares between threshold and maximum 
performance shall be determined based on straight-line interpolation.

Accounting for Stock Compensation

Stock-based compensation costs are generally based on the fair value calculated from the Black-Scholes option-pricing model 
on the date of grant for stock options and market value on the date of grant for RSAs.  The fair values of stock and stock options 
are amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grants.

In accordance with ASC 718 the Company evaluates the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model at each grant date 
using a consistent methodology for computing expected volatility, expected term and risk-free rate of return. Calculation of expected 
volatility is based on historical volatility. The expected life is calculated using the contractual term of the options as well as an 
analysis of the Company’s historical exercises of stock options.  The estimate of the risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company has never paid cash dividends and does not currently intend to pay cash 
dividends, and thus has assumed a 0% dividend yield.  The assumptions used are summarized in the following table:

83

 
 
Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free rate of return
Expected life
Weighted average fair value at grant date

2014

2013

2012

—%
0.5
1.8%
7 years
10.75

$

—%
0.5
1.2%
7 years
8.79

$

—%
0.5
1.2%
7 years
7.78

$

As part of the requirements of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust 
compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is based on historical forfeiture performance and will be 
adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. 
Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of evaluation and will 
also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

The Company’s stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 is as follows:

Stock Options
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled or expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled or expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled or expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
Vested at December 31, 2014 and expected to vest
Exercisable at December 31, 2014

Shares
(in thousands)
2,020
160
(487)
(17)
1,676
159
(835)
(33)
967
250
(348)
(44)
825
817
445

$

$

$

$
$
$

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

10.19
22.53
7.22
20.37
12.13
17.24
9.06
19.80
15.35
21.10
10.59
20.17
18.84
18.82
17.57

6.06
6.05
5.12

$
$
$

1,047
1,046
910

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the total exercise intrinsic value of stock options exercised was 
$2.8 million, $8.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively, and the total fair value of stock options that vested was $2.4 million, 
$2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  Exercise intrinsic value represents the difference between the market value of the 
Company's common stock at the time of exercise and the price paid by the employee to exercise the options.  The Company had 
$3.2 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options at December 31, 2014 that are expected to be 
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s restricted share activity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 is as follows:

Restricted Stock Awards
Non-vested at December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2012
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2013
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2014

Restricted Stock Units
Non-vested at December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2012
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2013
Granted
Vested
Cancelled or expired
Non-vested at December 31, 2014
Vested at December 31, 2014 and expected to vest
Exercisable at December 31, 2014

Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted Average
Grant Price

903
329
(339)
(75)
818
354
(267)
(79)
826
637
(286)
(78)
1,098

$

$

$

$

17.13
22.50
16.75
18.59
19.32
17.28
18.83
19.15
18.62
20.21
18.09
19.27
19.63

Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

827
246
(80)
(118)
875
199
(79)
(162)
833
139
(74)
(241)
658
376
40

1.58
1.56
0.00

$
$
$

12,336
6,312
741

As of December 31, 2014, there was $22.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSAs and RSUs.  That cost 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted average-period of 2.6 years.  The total fair value of restricted shares vested during 
the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6.5 million, $7.2 million, and $8.3 million, respectively.

RSAs and RSUs may be granted at the discretion of the Board of Directors under the Equity Incentive Plan in connection 
with the hiring or retention of key employees and are subject to certain conditions. Restrictions expire at certain dates after the 
grant date in accordance with specific provisions in the applicable agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the 
Company awarded 637,184 shares of restricted stock awards, which had a fair value at the date of grant ranging from $16.82–
$21.10. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company awarded 353,537 shares of restricted stock awards, which had 
a fair value at the date of grant ranging from $16.18–$18.11. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company awarded 
329,096 shares of restricted stock awards, which had a fair value at the date of grant ranging from $17.26–$22.71.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2014, the Company awarded 139,417 shares of restricted stock units, which had a fair value at the date 
of  grant  ranging  from  $17.91–$20.14.  During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2013,  the  Company  awarded  199,051  shares  of 
restricted stock units, which had a fair value at the date of grant ranging from $16.73–$20.51.  During the year ended December 31, 
2012, the Company awarded 246,205 shares of restricted stock units, which had a fair value at the date of grant ranging from 
$16.16–$23.82. Compensation under these restricted stock awards and units was charged to expense over the restriction period 
and amounted to $8.1 million, $7.5 million, and $8.4 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

85

There were no significant stock compensation costs capitalized into assets as of December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012.

The Company received $3.7 million, $7.6 million, and $3.5 million for the exercise of stock options during the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Cash was not used to settle any equity instruments previously granted. The 
Company issued shares pursuant to grants relating to each of the Equity Incentive Plan, 2000 Plan and 2001 Plan from reserves 
upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of RSAs.

Employee Savings Plans and Other Benefit Plans

Effective January 1, 2001, the Company began sponsoring a retirement plan authorized by section 401(k) of the Internal 
Revenue Code for the Company’s employees in the United States. In accordance with the 401(k) plan, all employees are eligible 
to participate in the plan on the first day of the month following the commencement of full time employment. For 2014, 2013 and 
2012, each employee could contribute a percentage of compensation up to a maximum of $17,500, $17,500, and $17,000 per year, 
respectively, with the Company matching 50% of each employee’s contributions.  Effective January 1, 2010, the Company began 
contributing to a deferred profit sharing plan for its Canadian employees.  All Canadian employees are eligible to participate in 
the plan.  The Company’s contributions to these plans for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $2.5 million, $2.4 million, and $2.1 million, 
respectively.

Several of the Company’s Netherlands employees are covered by a defined benefit plan.  The cost and total liability to the 
Company is not significant.  Effective January 1, 2011, all of the Company’s new hires in the Netherlands are eligible to participate 
in a defined contribution plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In May 2012, the Company's stockholders approved the ESPP, which provides for the granting of up to 500,000 shares of the 
Company's  common  stock  to  eligible  employees.    The  ESPP  period  is  semi-annual  and  allows  participants  to  purchase  the 
Company's common stock at 85% of the lesser of (i) the closing market value per share of the common stock on the first trading 
date of the option period or (ii) the closing market value per share of the common stock on the last trading date of the option 
period. The first plan option period began on July 1, 2012.  As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 181,401 shares, 106,522 
shares and 35,296 shares, respectively had been issued out of the ESPP.  The related stock-based compensation expense was $0.4 
million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of shares to be issued as of the grant date using the 

following weighted average assumptions:  

Assumptions:
Risk-free interest rates
Expected life
Expected volatility
Dividend yield

2014

0.07% to 0.09%
0.5 years
0.49
—%

The following are the stock-based compensation costs recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive 

income (in thousands):

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Stock-based compensation costs reflected in net income

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

$

$

981
2,573
5,994
9,548

$

$

856
2,553
5,812
9,221

$

$

947
2,034
6,934
9,915

86

 
 
 
 
Reserved Shares of Common Stock

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had reserved 4,790,386 and 6,034,452 shares of common stock, respectively, 
for the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options, issuance of RSAs, RSUs, purchase of common stock pursuant to 
the ESPP or other awards issued pursuant to the Company’s equity plans and arrangements. The following table summarizes the 
reserved shares by plan as of December 31, 2014:

2000 Plan
Equity Incentive Plan
ESPP

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Arrangements

Options
Outstanding

Shares Available
for Future
Issuance

Total Shares
Reserved

15,000
1,870,592
—
1,885,592

—
2,586,195
318,599
2,904,794

15,000
4,456,787
318,599
4,790,386

The Company has operating leases related primarily to its office and manufacturing facilities with original lease periods of 
up to ten years. Rental and lease expense for these operating leases for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled approximately $4.5 
million, $5.1 million, and $5.5 million, respectively.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company ceased using the Hayward, California facility, whose operating lease commitment 
was acquired under the GenturaDx acquisition in July 2012.  The Company has accrued a liability based upon the estimated fair 
value of the costs that will continue to be incurred under the lease, including an estimate of sublease rental income.

Minimum annual lease commitments as of December 31, 2014 under non-cancellable leases for each of the next five years 

and in the aggregate were as follows (in thousands):

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter
Total

$

$

3,744
3,808
3,608
3,493
3,460
4,910
23,023

These non-cancellable lease commitments related to facilities include certain rent escalation provisions which have been 
included in the minimum annual rental commitments shown above.  These amounts are recorded to expense on a straight-line 
basis over the life of the lease.  In addition, some of the Company’s leases contain options to renew the lease for five to ten years 
at  the  then  prevailing  market  rental  rate,  right  of  first  refusal  to  lease  additional  space  that  becomes  available,  or  leasehold 
improvement incentives.

Non-Cancellable Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2014 the Company had approximately $20.1 million in purchase commitments primarily with several 
of its inventory suppliers as well as other operating commitments. Certain of our supply agreements require purchase and delivery 
of minimum amounts of components through 2018, and purchases under these arrangements were $2.4 million, $1.8 million and 
$2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

87

 
 
Employment Contracts

The Company has entered into employment contracts with certain of its key executives.  Generally, certain amounts may 
become payable in the event the Company terminates the executives’ employment without cause or the executive resigns for good 
reason.

Legal Proceedings

On August 30, 2012 Abbott Laboratories (Abbott) was named as a defendant in the complaint filed by ENZO Life Sciences, 
Inc. (ENZO) in U.S. District Court in Delaware for alleged infringement of its US Patent 7,064,197 as a result of Abbott's distribution 
of the Company's xTAG Respiratory Viral Panel.  The Company and Abbott have entered into an agreement requiring Luminex 
to defend and indemnify Abbott for any alleged infringement resulting from its distribution of the Respiratory Viral Panel.  The 
complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief.  Abbott filed an answer to the complaint on October 15, 
2012.  On November 30, 2012, the Company intervened in the lawsuit. On January 2, 2013 ENZO filed additional claims against 
the Company, alleging infringement of US Patent 7,064,197 resulting from the Company's sale of its xTAG, FlexScript LDA, 
SelecTAG, and xMAP Salmonella Serotyping Assay products and alleging infringement of US Patent 8,097,405 resulting from 
the Company's sale of Multicode products.  The Company filed an answer to ENZO's additional claims on January 28, 2013.  On 
October 2, 2013 ENZO filed additional claims against the Company, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent 6,992,180 resulting 
from the Company’s sale of Multicode products.  The Company filed an answer to ENZO’s additional claims on October 21, 2013.  
A trial date has not been set. The parties to the lawsuit have engaged in the discovery process.

On November 1, 2013 Irori Technologies, Inc. filed a complaint against the Company in U.S. District Court in the Southern 
District of California, alleging infringement of its U.S. Patent numbers 6,372,428, 6,416,714, and 6,352,854 resulting from the 
Company’s sale of its xMAP and xTAG based products.  The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief.  
The Company filed a motion to dismiss on January 9, 2014.  Irori filed its response to our motion to dismiss on February 7, 2014.  
The matter is currently before the court.  On December 11, 2014, the USPTO's Patent Trial and Appeal Board instituted review 
on all five inter partes review petitions that Luminex filed.  Irori’s responses to the petitions are due February 26, 2015, and oral 
argument (if requested by either party) is scheduled for August 5, 2015.

When  and  if  it  appears  probable  in  management's  judgment,  and  based  upon  consultation  with  outside  counsel,  that  the 
Company will incur monetary damages or other costs in connection with any claims or proceedings, and such costs can be reasonably 
estimated, the Company records the estimated liability in the financial statements.  If only a range of estimated losses can be 
estimated, the Company records an amount within the range that, in management's judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if 
none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, the Company records the liability at the low 
end of the range of estimates. Any such accrual would be charged to expense in the appropriate period.   The Company discloses 
significant contingencies when the loss is not probable and/or the amount of the loss is not estimable, when the Company believes 
there  is  at  least  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  loss  has  been  incurred.   The  Company  recognizes  costs  associated  with  legal 
proceedings in the period in which the services were provided. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully 
defend these suits or that a judgment against the Company would not materially adversely affect operating results.

Other Matters

In January 2013, the Company finalized the termination of its molecular diagnostics distribution agreements and an expense 
of $7.0 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the first quarter of 2013.  All payments were made 
in the second quarter of 2013.

NOTE 18 - GUARANTEES

The terms and conditions of the Company’s development and supply and license agreements with its strategic partners generally 
provide for a limited indemnification of such partners, arising from the sale of Luminex systems and consumables, against losses, 
expenses and liabilities resulting from third-party claims based on an alleged infringement on an intellectual property right of such 
third party. The terms of such indemnification provisions generally limit the scope of and remedies for such indemnification 
obligations to a multiple of amounts paid by such strategic partner to Luminex during the previous annual period(s). To date, the 
Company has not had to reimburse any of its strategic partners for any losses arising from such indemnification obligations.

88

NOTE 19 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

During the fourth quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the appointment of our new CEO, the Company evaluated its historical 
reporting segments: the technology and strategic partnerships (TSP) segment and the assays and related products (ARP) segment.  
As a result of this evaluation and based upon how the new Chief Executive Officer as Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) 
and the Company's management team collectively is managing its business, management determined that the two former segments 
have become so integrated and interrelated that they no longer provide an accurate representation of the Company's current business 
when reported separately.  Additionally, management has taken actions to consolidate sales and service functions.  Effective with 
the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company no longer has two operating segments and, accordingly, will present the Company's 
business as one operating segment and one reporting unit.   Accordingly, prior periods' information has been restated to conform 
to the current periods' presentation.  

The table below provides information regarding product revenues and property and equipment, net from the Company’s sales 

to customers within the United States and in foreign countries for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign:
Europe
Asia
Canada
Other

Sales to Customers
2013
$ 178,276

2012
$ 167,924

2014
$ 187,945

17,819
14,863
3,664
2,692
$ 226,983

16,690
12,287
3,025
3,145
$ 213,423

17,376
10,877
3,753
2,652
$ 202,582

Property and Equipment, net
2012
2013
2014
23,421
30,847
36,826

$

$

1,093
261
1,746
19
39,945

$

1,013
234
640
59
32,793

$

1,433
212
888
275
26,229

$

$

The Company's aggregate foreign currency transaction losses of $16,000, $385,000 and $215,000 were included in determining 

the consolidated results for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 20 - RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In April 2014, the FASB amended guidance to clarify the accounting for disposals of groups of assets and business units.   The 
amendments alter the definition of a discontinued operation to cover only asset disposals that are a strategic shift with a major 
effect on an entity's operations and finances.  For the Company, the changes should be applied in fiscal years that start on December 
15, 2014, or later, but the changes can be applied ahead of the effective date for asset disposals that have not been reported in a 
set of financial statements.  Management applied this new guidance for the automated punching group and the related closure of 
the Brisbane, Australia manufacturing facility in the third quarter of 2014.

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new standard on revenue recognition which outlines a single comprehensive model to use 
in  accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue  recognition  guidance, 
including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict 
the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to 
be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is designed to create greater comparability for financial statement 
users across industries and jurisdictions and also requires enhanced disclosures. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and 
interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently 
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21 - SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth certain quarterly financial data for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

Revenue

Gross profit

Income from operations
Net income (1)
Basic income per common share

Diluted income per common share

Revenue

Gross profit
(Loss) income from operations (2), (3)
Net (loss) income (2), (4)
Basic (loss) income per common share

Diluted (loss) income per common share

Quarter Ended

March 31,
2014

June 30,
2014

September 30,
2014

December 31,
2014

$

56,561

$

55,632

$

56,684

$

39,954

38,147

39,010

8,185

5,966

0.14

0.14

4,771

4,725

0.11

0.11

4,996

5,550

0.13

0.13

58,106

42,741

10,185

22,802

0.55

0.54

Quarter Ended

March 31,
2013

June 30,
2013

September 30,
2013

December 31,
2013

$

53,200

$

54,287

$

50,780

$

37,957
(1,552)
(2,511)
(0.06)
(0.06)

38,057

5,041

3,695

0.09

0.09

30,781
(4,194)
796

0.02

0.02

55,156

36,831

5,472

5,116

0.12

0.12

(1) Net income in the fourth quarter of 2014 included an income tax benefit from the release of a portion of the valuation 
allowance on deferred tax assets in Canada and the recognition of a tax benefit related to intercompany profits on sales of assets 
for which the assets had not been disposed of as of December 31, 2014. See Note 13 – Income Taxes.

(2) Loss from operations and net loss in the first quarter of 2013 included a $7.0 million charge associated with the termination 
of the Company's prior molecular diagnostic distribution agreements.

(3) Loss from operations in the third quarter of 2013 included an expense for the full allowance against accounts receivable 
balances related to the bankruptcy of a customer totaling $3.9 million and restructuring charges of $4.3 million.

(4) Net income in the third quarter of 2013 included a $5.4 million gain on the sale of a minority interest in a private company 
and an adjustment of the fair value of the Company's contingent consideration liability to $0, which was established as part of 
the GenturaDx acquisition.

See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion.

90

 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we 
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 
Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of 
the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness 
of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this 
report.  Based on the evaluation and criteria of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such 
term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based on the 1992 framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our 
management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014. Because of its 
inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation 
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  Ernst  & Young  LLP,  has  issued  a  report  on  their  assessment  of  the 

effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which is provided at Item 8, page 56.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required 
by  Exchange Act  Rule  13a-15(d)  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

91

 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

The information required by this Item concerning our directors, audit committee, and audit committee financial experts, code 
of ethics and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to information under the captions 
“Proposal  1  -  Election  of  Class  III  Directors”,  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 
Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about May 14, 2015 
(Proxy Statement). It is anticipated that our Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or 
about March 30, 2015.

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3), certain information with respect to our executive officers is set forth under the caption 

“Executive Officers of the Registrant as of February 23, 2015" in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Executive and 

Director Compensation.”

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  section  of  the  Proxy  Statement  entitled  “Security 

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2014, certain information with respect to shares of our common stock 

authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Plan Category

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
of Outstanding
Options

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (A))

(A)

(B)

(C)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

1,885,592

$

Equity compensation plans not approved by security
holders

Total

— $

1,885,592

8.24

—

2,904,794

—

2,904,794

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  sections  of  the  Proxy  Statement  entitled  “Certain 

Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance.”

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Ratification 

of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

92

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)  The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1)  Financial Statements:

The Financial Statements required by this item are submitted in Part II, Item 8 of this report.

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Financial Statements 

or in the notes thereto.

(3)  Exhibits:

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

2.1

3.1

3.2

10.1#

10.2#

10.3#

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8#

10.9#

10.10#

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 9, 2012, by and among Luminex Corporation, Grouper Merger Sub,
Inc., GenturaDx, Inc. and the Seller Representative (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 12, 2012).*

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-96317), filed February 7, 2000, as amended).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed September 16, 2008).

2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002).

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-96317), filed February 7, 2000, as
amended).

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of the directors and executive officers of
the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed September 16, 2008).

Lease Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company, as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant,
dated October 19, 2001 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File
No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001).

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company, as Landlord, and Luminex
Corporation, as Tenant, dated July 25, 2002 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).

Lease Amendment between McNeil 4 & 5 Investors, LP, as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant,
dated January 27, 2003 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

Lease Agreement between PS Business Parks, L.P., as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant, dated
September 30, 2014.

Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2003, by and between Luminex Corporation and Harriss T.
Currie (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

Employment Agreement effective as of October 1, 2003, by and between Luminex Corporation and David S.
Reiter (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

Employment Agreement effective as of May 15, 2004, by and between Luminex Corporation and Patrick J.
Balthrop (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109),
filed May 18, 2004).

93

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

10.11#

10.12#

10.13#

10.14#

10.15#

10.16#

10.17#

10.18#

10.19#

10.20#

10.21#

10.22#

10.23#

10.24#

10.25#

10.26#

10.27#

10.28#

10.29#

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

Employment Agreement effective as of May 23, 2005, by and between Luminex Corporation and Russell W.
Bradley (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109),
filed May 25, 2005).

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2001 Broad-Based Stock
Option Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No.
000-30109) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).

Form of Amendment to Executive Employment Agreements (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

Luminex Corporation Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May
21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Officers & Employees for the Amended and Restated 2006
Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Directors for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed
May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Officers & Employees for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Directors for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed
May 21, 2009).

Employment Agreement effective as of March 1, 2007, by and between Luminex Corporation, Tm Bioscience
and Jeremy Bridge-Cook (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File
No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006).

Amendment to Luminex Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May
24, 2007 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109)
for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007).

Luminex Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Proxy
Statement (File No. 000-30109) for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 25, 2006).

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an
Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 25, 2006).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Officers & Employees for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May
25, 2006).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Directors for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as
an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 25, 2006).

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of March 30, 2006, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Russell W. Bradley.

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006).

Form of Amendments to Equity Award Agreements (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007).

Management Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 000-30109), filed March 15, 2010).

94

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

10.30#

10.31#

10.32#

10.33#

10.34#

10.35#

10.36#

10.37#

10.38#

10.39#

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

Luminex Corporation 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13, 2012).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Awards under the Luminex Corporation 2012 Long Term
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13,
2012).

Luminex Corporation Second Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Annex
to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 17, 2012).

Luminex Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Previously filed as an Annex to the Company's Proxy
Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 17, 2012).

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2012, by and between Luminex
Corporation and its Executives, (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2012, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Patrick J. Balthrop (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).

Luminex Corporation 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed March 25, 2013).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Awards under the Luminex Corporation 2013 Long Term
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 25,
2013).

Consulting Agreement, dated October 14, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and Patrick J. Balthrop, Sr.
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 20, 2014).

Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and Nachum Shamir
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 20, 2014).

10.40#

Employment Agreement, dated August 14, 2012, by and between Luminex Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

10.41#

10.42#

10.43#

10.44#

10.45#

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Consulting Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and David S. Reiter
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 27, 2014).

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of February 6, 2014, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2015, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2015, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Russell W. Bradley.

Omnibus Amendment to the Luminex Corporation Restricted Share Unit Award Agreements (2012 and 2013
LTIPs).

  Subsidiaries of the Company.

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

  Power of Attorney (incorporated in the signature page of this report). 

Certification by CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d – 14(a), as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  Certification by CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d – 14(a), as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

95

   
 
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

101

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

The following materials from Luminex Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows;
and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

#        Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* 

Schedules, annexes and exhibits omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.  Luminex agrees to furnish a 
supplemental copy of omitted schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

96

   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

LUMINEX CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Nachum Shamir    
Nachum Shamir
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 25, 2015 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Nachum Shamir and Harriss T. Currie, each his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and 
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, 
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and 
thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in 
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes or substitute, may lawfully 
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

S-1

 
 
 
SIGNATURES

  TITLE

/s/ Nachum Shamir
Nachum Shamir

  President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
  (Principal Executive Officer)

DATE

February 25, 2015

/s/ Harriss T. Currie
Harriss T. Currie

  Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance  (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

February 25, 2015

/s/ Robert J. Cresci
Robert J. Cresci

/s/ Thomas W. Erickson
Thomas W. Erickson

/s/ Fred C. Goad, Jr.
Fred C. Goad, Jr.

/s/ Jay B. Johnston
Jay B. Johnston

/s/ Jim D. Kever
Jim D. Kever

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

/s/ G. Walter Loewenbaum II
G. Walter Loewenbaum II

  Chairman of the Board of Directors,
  Director

/s/ Kevin M. McNamara
Kevin M. McNamara

/s/ Edward A. Ogunro
Edward A. Ogunro

  Director

  Director

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

February 25, 2015

S-2

 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

EXHIBIT INDEX

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

2.1

3.1

3.2

10.1#

10.2#

10.3#

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8#

10.9#

10.10#

10.11#

10.12#

10.13#

10.14#

10.15#

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 9, 2012, by and among Luminex Corporation, Grouper Merger Sub,
Inc., GenturaDx, Inc. and the Seller Representative (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 12, 2012).*

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-96317), filed February 7, 2000, as amended).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed September 16, 2008).

2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002).

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-96317), filed February 7, 2000, as
amended).

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of the directors and executive officers of
the Company (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed September 16, 2008).

Lease Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company, as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant,
dated October 19, 2001 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File
No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001).

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Aetna Life Insurance Company, as Landlord, and Luminex
Corporation, as Tenant, dated July 25, 2002 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).

Lease Amendment between McNeil 4 & 5 Investors, LP, as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant,
dated January 27, 2003 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).

Lease Agreement between PS Business Parks, L.P., as Landlord, and Luminex Corporation, as Tenant, dated
September 30, 2014.

Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2003, by and between Luminex Corporation and Harriss T.
Currie (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

Employment Agreement effective as of October 1, 2003, by and between Luminex Corporation and David S.
Reiter (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003).

Employment Agreement effective as of May 15, 2004, by and between Luminex Corporation and Patrick J.
Balthrop (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109),
filed May 18, 2004).

Employment Agreement effective as of May 23, 2005, by and between Luminex Corporation and Russell W.
Bradley (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109),
filed May 25, 2005).

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2001 Broad-Based Stock
Option Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No.
000-30109) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).

Form of Amendment to Executive Employment Agreements (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).

Luminex Corporation Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May
21, 2009).

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

10.16#

10.17#

10.18#

10.19#

10.20#

10.21#

10.22#

10.23#

10.24#

10.25#

10.26#

10.27#

10.28#

10.29#

10.30#

10.31#

10.32#

10.33#

10.34#

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Officers & Employees for the Amended and Restated 2006
Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Directors for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed
May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Officers & Employees for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
000-30109), filed May 21, 2009).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Directors for the Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed
May 21, 2009).

Employment Agreement effective as of March 1, 2007, by and between Luminex Corporation, Tm Bioscience
and Jeremy Bridge-Cook (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File
No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006).

Amendment to Luminex Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May
24, 2007 (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109)
for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007).

Luminex Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Proxy
Statement (File No. 000-30109) for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 25, 2006).

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an
Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 25, 2006).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Officers & Employees for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May
25, 2006).

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Directors for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as
an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-30109), filed May 25, 2006).

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of March 30, 2006, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Russell W. Bradley.

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement for the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-30109) for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006).

Form of Amendments to Equity Award Agreements (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-30109) for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007).

Management Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File
No. 000-30109), filed March 15, 2010).

Luminex Corporation 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13, 2012).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Awards under the Luminex Corporation 2012 Long Term
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13,
2012).

Luminex Corporation Second Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Annex
to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 17, 2012).

Luminex Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Previously filed as an Annex to the Company's Proxy
Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 17, 2012).

Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2012, by and between Luminex
Corporation and its Executives, (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT
NUMBER

10.35#

10.36#

10.37#

10.38#

10.39#

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2012, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Patrick J. Balthrop (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).

Luminex Corporation 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed March 25, 2013).

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Awards under the Luminex Corporation 2013 Long Term
Incentive Plan (Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 25,
2013).

Consulting Agreement, dated October 14, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and Patrick J. Balthrop, Sr.
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 20, 2014).

Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and Nachum Shamir
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 20, 2014).

10.40#

Employment Agreement, dated August 14, 2012, by and between Luminex Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

10.41#

10.42#

10.43#

10.44#

10.45#

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101

Consulting Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, between Luminex Corporation and David S. Reiter
(Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 27, 2014).

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of February 6, 2014, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2015, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Nancy M. Fairchild.

Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2015, by and between Luminex
Corporation and Russell W. Bradley.

Omnibus Amendment to the Luminex Corporation Restricted Share Unit Award Agreements (2012 and 2013
LTIPs).

  Subsidiaries of the Company.

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

  Power of Attorney (incorporated in the signature page of this report). 

Certification by CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d – 14(a), as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d – 14(a), as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

The following materials from Luminex Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows;
and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

#        Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* 

Schedules, annexes and exhibits omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.  Luminex agrees to furnish a 
supplemental copy of omitted schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

   
 
 
 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Exhibit 21.1

Luminex International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Luminex B.V., a Netherlands Private Company with limited liability 
Luminex 2 B.V., a Netherlands Private Company with limited liability
Luminex 3 B.V., a Netherlands Private Company with limited liability
Luminex Debt Holding, LLC, a Delaware  limited liability company
Luminex Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., an Ontario, Canadian corporation
Luminex Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited, a limited liability company under the laws of the PRC
Luminex Japan Corporation Ltd., a Japanese KK
Luminex (Australia) Pty. Ltd, an Australian Proprietary company, limited by shares (d/b/a BSD Robotics)
Labpac Pty Ltd, an Australian Proprietary company, limited by shares 
Bizpac (Australia) Pty Ltd., an Australian Proprietary company, limited by shares 
Luminex Hong Kong Limited, a Hong Kong company limited by shares

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-181485) pertaining to the Luminex 
Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333181484) pertaining to the Luminex 
Corporation Second Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-141042) 
pertaining  to  the  Tm  Bioscience  Corporation  Share  Option  Plan,  in  the  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No. 333-134450) 
pertaining to the Luminex Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and the Luminex Corporation 2006 Management Stock Purchase 
Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-46686) pertaining to the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Luminex 
Corporation, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-87918) pertaining to the 2001 Broad-Based Stock Option Plan of 
Luminex Corporation, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-118772) pertaining to the Balthrop Non-Qualified Stock 
Option Agreement of Luminex Corporation, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159382) pertaining to the Amended 
and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and in the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-151691) pertaining to the Automatic 
Shelf Registration of Securities of Luminex Corporation of our reports dated February 25, 2015, with respect to the consolidated 
financial  statements  of  Luminex  Corporation,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Luminex 
Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
February 25, 2015

CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 31.1

I, Nachum Shamir, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Luminex Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented 
in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known 
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such  internal control over  financial reporting to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing 
the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and

b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2015

By:

/s/ Nachum Shamir
Nachum Shamir

President and Chief Executive Officer

 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Harriss T. Currie, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Luminex Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented 
in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known 
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such  internal control over  financial reporting to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing 
the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; 
and

b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 25, 2015

By:

/s/ Harriss T. Currie

Harriss T. Currie

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of
Finance

 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Luminex Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 
31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nachum Shamir, President 
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company.

/s/ NACHUM SHAMIR                                                                           
Nachum Shamir
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 25, 2015

A SIGNED ORIGINAL OF THIS WRITTEN STATEMENT REQUIRED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY 
ACT  OF  2002  HAS  BEEN  PROVIDED  TO  LUMINEX  CORPORATION  AND  WILL  BE  RETAINED  BY  LUMINEX 
CORPORATION AND  FURNISHED  TO  THE  SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ITS  STAFF  UPON 
REQUEST.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of Luminex Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 
31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Harriss T. Currie, Senior 
Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted 
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company.

/s/ HARRISS T. CURRIE                                                                           
Harriss T. Currie
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance
February 25, 2015

A SIGNED ORIGINAL OF THIS WRITTEN STATEMENT REQUIRED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY 
ACT  OF  2002  HAS  BEEN  PROVIDED  TO  LUMINEX  CORPORATION  AND  WILL  BE  RETAINED  BY  LUMINEX 
CORPORATION AND  FURNISHED  TO  THE  SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ITS  STAFF  UPON 
REQUEST.